How do your subconscious beliefs impact your physical health? Without deep introspection, it’s hard to know. But we are all affected by it. Today’s guest explains how to plumb the depths of our subconscious to learn what we need for full healing to take place.
About Allison Roman
Allison is a Transformation Coach & Holistic Healing Practitioner who helps women get unstuck and release what's holding them back from living their best life. By fusing subconscious reprogramming with practical lifestyle tools for empowered healing, Allison guides people to step into their power and create the life they desire.
She has been trained in numerous holistic methodologies and has been teaching and coaching in the wellness industry for over 15 years. You'll find her work focuses on the intersection of mental, emotional, physical, and spiritual well-being for aligned and authentic living.
You Can Control Your Subconscious Beliefs for Better Health Results
Throughout this episode, Allison explains how and why our beliefs impact our health. Perhaps you’ve tried every regular solution to a chronic health issue and are still stuck. Maybe you’ve even recovered physically but still feel like there’s work left to do. If so, it’s time to look beyond the physical level. There may be emotional and mental root causes at play.
Allison describes why what we believe is possible will be our experience. For instance, your beliefs about what is possible for your healing will affect how you view a diagnosis. Your level of optimism or pessimism will impact your results.
As practitioners, part of our job is to help our clients believe that they can get results. To do this, we need to understand where our client’s belief lies. What does healing mean to them? How do they perceive good health? This sometimes differs from conscious beliefs. Diving deep into this will be an important step for true change.
Taking Control of Your Beliefs and Your Healing Journey
Allison talks about examining and eliminating limiting beliefs to better align yourself with your goals. This is hard work. As she says, it keeps you humble. But it also builds up your emotional intelligence. Processing, feeling, and exploring emotions can allow you to use them for healing instead of staying in “victim mode”.
The truth is, you are the expert of you. Sure, practitioners and doctors can give you their perspectives. But ultimately you need to trust your own judgment.
Allison has some advice to help you better check into your beliefs and what your body is saying. This includes meditation, listening to your body, and examining the sources of emotions. Most of all, you need to believe that you will find the answer you seek, or it will remain elusive.
How might your subconscious beliefs be standing in the way of growth? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Why physical symptoms can be a reflection of our unconscious thoughts [5:45]
- Signs that subconscious work is needed for further self-improvement [8:00]
- How practitioners can help clients overcome the stigma of healing [14:30]
- What deletion, distortion, and generalization are and how to recognize them [23:30]
- What to do when your own judgment is in doubt [35:30]
- How timeline therapy can be a powerful healing tool [51:00]
Quotes
“It’s been so impactful, not only for my health, but it has deeply impacted all the other areas of my life. It’s really powerful stuff.” [5:02]
“We go through challenges. We go through transformation. Any time we are transforming or up-leveling in any way, we undoubtedly are going to have discomfort. Going to those deep dark places gets us to be the higher versions of ourselves.” [18:08]
“This is where it’s so important to work with someone one-on-one who is doing subconscious work because it’s below your conscious awareness. You don’t realize that it’s happening, that’s how the subconscious works.” [45:25]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Nutrition Business Accelerator!
Follow Allison on Instagram
Free Download to Unlock your Healing Potential
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 162: How Your Beliefs Affect Your Results In Health and In Business with Megan Blacksmith
Don’t you just love bookkeeping? Well, I sure don’t. Yet, proper bookkeeping can make a difference in your business. To get you excited to dive into your books and records so your business can grow, I brought on a guest with a real passion for managing the minutiae of business.
About Annie Hillman
Annie Hillman is the founder and head bookkeeper at Atlas Bookkeeping Co. While finishing her college degree, she took a temporary accounting job and instantly fell in love with accounting. She worked her way up to staff accountant and stayed there until starting Atlas in 2020.
Now, she spends her days helping business owners treat numbers like a tool, not a threat so they can run empowered, profitable businesses with calm confidence. She helps business owners embrace numbers, increase profits, and stress way less with monthly money management. Besides crunching your numbers, Annie loves fitness, baking bread, and hanging with her husband, daughter, and two dogs.
Why It’s Time to Hire a Bookkeeper
Even if your business is tiny or you’re just starting out, getting help with your books is a great thing to do. One thing that helped me grow my business was hiring a bookkeeper. Annie and I explain how doing this will free up your time so you can focus on actually running your business, not just managing its details.
Unless you’re an expert at this already, a professional bookkeeper will also provide you with data you might otherwise miss. You can then use this information to help your business thrive even more. It’s also helpful to get an outside perspective on your business for an objective viewpoint.
What You Can Do to Better Manage Your Books
To get your books in order, Annie has some suggestions. First, don’t wait until the end of the year. Regularly dedicate some time to it. Also, don’t muddy up your numbers with personal expenses. Keep your business numbers separate from everything else.
Annie also wants you to keep your receipts organized. Even storing them in a simple Google Drive folder will make everything so much easier when it's time to crunch the numbers.
We also discuss helpful tools for keeping track of expenses and income, such as Annie’s Money Mapper and accounting software. If a tool can save you time and effort, then it will be worth the cost in the end. Even if your business is small now, set all this up so that things will continue to run smoothly as you grow.
What’s been your biggest bookkeeping challenge? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Why paying a bookkeeper will save you money in the end [6:00]
- The most common mistakes business owners make with their books [13:30]
- The important distinction between a bookkeeper and an accountant [17:00]
- Helpful tools for tracking income and expenses [22:00]
- Accounting for the difference between profit and sales [31:30]
- Making sure you have enough money for tax time [42:30]
Quotes
“There’s something to be said about looking at your business objectively. Sometimes as a business owner, you can’t do that with your own numbers.” [12:28]
“A bookkeeper is going to manage your books on a monthly basis. So they’re going to get really into the minutiae of it.” [17:50]
“That might work when you have two clients. But we all want to grow and scale our business. That’s not going to work when you have a hundred clients or more.” [30:32]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Download your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Use Coupon Code - PODCAST20 for 20% off Money Mapper
Profit First by Mike Michalowicz
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 161: How I Prepared My Business for a Paid Maternity Leave
Are you dreading menopause? Many women do. But today’s guest has not only embraced this stage of life, she also makes it a lot of fun! In this episode, you’ll hear how to approach menopause with enthusiasm.
About Esther Blum
Esther is the bestselling author of Cavewomen Don't Get Fat, Eat, Drink and Be Gorgeous, Secrets of Gorgeous, and The Eat, Drink, and Be Gorgeous Project.
She currently maintains a busy virtual practice where she helps women balance hormones, lose stubborn body fat, and treat the root cause of health struggles. Her new (5th) book, See Ya Later, Ovulator!, was released on October 4th.
Esther received a Bachelor of Science in Clinical Nutrition from Simmons College in Boston and is a graduate of New York University, where she received her Master of Science in Clinical Nutrition. Esther is credentialed as a registered dietitian, a certified dietitian-nutritionist, and a Certified Nutrition Specialist (CNS), with certification from the Board for Certification of Nutrition Specialists (BCNS).
She is also a member of the American Dietetic Association, Dietitians in Functional Medicine, Nutritionists in Complementary Care, and the Connecticut Dietetic Association.
How Practitioners Can Approach Menopause with Their Clients
The sad state of affairs is that there are currently few options presented to women as they approach and go through menopause. Commonly, all they are offered is birth control or just a sympathetic shrug.
Esther explains how there’s so much more that practitioners can do. She describes the many tests and treatments that can truly help. With more knowledge about what’s changing in your body, you can enter this stage of life without dread. In fact, it can even be something to look forward to.
What Can Be Done to Make Menopause a Better Experience
Unlike conventional practitioners, Esther sees a huge value in hormone treatments for menopause. She points out the shortfalls of some studies that lean away from hormones and discusses the benefits she and others have seen.
There are also many lifestyles and diet interventions that will help, especially when it comes to weight management. Esther explains how optimizing protein and carbohydrate intake, exercise, and an indomitable attitude will prepare you to go through menopause like a rockstar.
What can you do now to help make menopause a better experience for you or your clients? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Why menopause is seldom discussed by dietitians and other providers [8:00]
- What practitioners can do to change the landscape surrounding menopausal care [20:00]
- Managing weight gain during menopause with diet [27:15]
- Advice for aspiring book writers [35:20]
Quotes
“You don’t have to wait until you hit a full year of not having a period before bringing hormones in. You can actually bring them in during perimenopause, and you should.” [10:54]
“Do not sit and wait for the medical system to change. The way it’s going to change is from us; that’s how everything changes.” [19:55]
“You got to make nutrition fun and sexy and accessible for everybody. It shouldn’t be a dry bland diet.” [45:38]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Esther on Instagram | YouTube | Facebook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Let’s talk about pricing. There are a lot of different philosophies about pricing out there. Personally speaking, I feel that premium pricing is the best way for any health and wellness entrepreneur to grow their business. In this episode, I tell you how to come up with your premium price point!
Why Premium Pricing is the Way to Go
There are a lot of steps in creating a successful premium program. Pricing is one of the most crucial parts. There are a lot of individual factors in this. The type of people you serve and the problem you solve will drastically influence your price point.
I talk about what to think about when it comes to the population you serve. Different people will be able to spend different amounts depending on various factors which you’ll need to consider. Also, you’ll want to examine the problem you solve and consider how high value it is.
The Many Factors Behind Your Pricing Structure
I can’t tell you what to charge. You have to decide that based on all that I talk about in this episode. It largely boils down to the offer you create. And pricing is part of creating that offer. You can’t just pick a random price without knowing your offer. Your offer is not only going to determine your price, but it’s also going to determine how well it sells. The more you raise your price, the harder it will be to sell, but it will be easier to make money because you won’t have to sell it to as many people. That’s quite the balancing act!
You’ll need to find the highest price point that sells well. This is because, if you’re new to the business, you’ll find it’s a lot harder to make money selling low-ticket services because you’ll need many more clients.
To come up with your perfect number, there’s a lot to examine. This includes knowing who your offer is for and the specific problem you solve. You also need to know your potential for solving this problem and what you will do to help your client achieve success. Knowing all this will help you determine the ideal price point for your ideal client.
What struggles do you face when pricing your services? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- The most important factors when identifying your premium price point [7:00]
- Understanding your value based on your skill level and experience [15:15]
- Creating an irresistible offer with your ideal price point [25:00]
- Making your offer stand out from the crowd [37:30]
Quotes
“Your personal financial goals will impact what you charge for things because that’s going to help you work backward to figure out what you need to be selling, how much you need to be selling, and how much you need to be charging.” [14:55]
“I believe that you have to energetically match the amount of money you’re asking for. The way you’re going to energetically match it is by exceeding the value they are paying in the way you can serve and support them.” [22:10]
“You should feel like your customer is getting more value than you are when it comes to your starting price point.” [35:40]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
The Nutrition Business Accelerator
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Is it possible to live a “normal” life in the face of severe food allergies? Today’s guest, who has hundreds of severe food allergies, has done just that. It takes experimentation, self-advocacy, and perseverance, but it is possible to not just live with allergies but to thrive.
About Kathlena, The Allergy Chef™
Kathlena has over 200 food allergies and intolerances, and can't drink most water. The members of her household also have food allergies and special diets, none of them the same. After being told she had 30 days to live, she made it her mission to help the food allergy and special diet communities thrive.
Three years after her lowest point, she and her team have published several cookbooks, started a bakery, done local and nationwide outreach developed hundreds of free recipes and resources, and much more.
Every Case is Different with Food Allergies
As someone with multiple extreme allergies, Kathlena understands as well as anyone could the impacts of food allergies on well-being. In this episode, she describes how this made her an advocate for others who may not be able to put a voice in their situation. Especially when it comes to young children, it is important to recognize the symptoms of food allergies and seek interventions before they lead to bigger issues.
Everyone’s case is different too. Kathlena explains why this diversity of allergic reactions makes them difficult to study. That’s why it’s critical to truly listen to each individual and provide personalized care. Kathlena urges everyone to find a doctor who completely supports them in their healing journey.
The Role of Mindset in Living with Food Allergies
Mindset is a central part of how Kathlena lives with her allergies. She’s found that maintaining a positive perspective in the face of challenging circumstances is the difference between merely surviving and thriving. For Kathlena, this centers on her desire to make the world a better place. Not only does she want her own life to improve, but she also wants it for everyone else too. Even with all her health concerns, Kathlena remains incredibly optimistic in a contagious way.
This comes from a recognition of everyday wins, no matter how small or trivial. It begins with perseverance and an understanding that we may never reach our goal, but there is success in trying. By celebrating every forward step, we become capable of progress that may have once seemed out of reach.
How do you persevere in the face of extreme health challenges? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How a grim diagnosis led to Kathlena’s mission to change the world [3:00]
- The challenges of studying and treating food allergies [13:30]
- Working with and understanding the different definitions of food allergies and intolerances [23:30]
- Developing a mindset around the possibilities, not limitations, of living with severe food allergies [30:15]
- What it means to be a hero to others and to yourself [43:30]
- Resources to find meals for any diet [53:30]
Quotes
“I look at where I’m at now as the culmination of what happens when you take an undiagnosed person and you keep exposing them to food that causes harm. What happens to the body? I’m the answer.” [9:52]
“No one is the expert the way you are. No one is as invested as you are.” [20:26]
“Courage starts with these tiny steps; just these little baby steps. And we can all do them every single day.” [46:33]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Find Kathlena onlineUse fed50 discount code for 50% off the first month of membership on the website
Follow Kathlena on Facebook | Pinterest | Instagram | Twitter | YouTube
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
What impact might your subconscious beliefs have on your health and the health of your clients? What about your business? Today’s guest explains how, as health coaches and practitioners, we can help ourselves and our clients get better results by addressing and reprograming these beliefs.
About Megan Blacksmith
Megan Blacksmith (Health Coach, Functional Diagnostic Nutrition Practitioner) and Dr. Alex Golden (M.D.) are the co-founders of Zesty Ginger, a company founded on the principles of compassionate transformation. They help women restore optimal health through a combination of functional medicine, mindset, and subconscious reprogramming.
With over ten years of personal health struggles overlooked by conventional medicine, such as chronic pain and endometriosis for Dr. Alex, and Megan’s postpartum health crash and anxiety, they vow to make medicine and health easier to navigate.
They believe that when we consider health from the perspective of the mind, body, heart, AND soul, we allow ourselves to resolve our fragmentation. The fragmentation results from living in a world that breaks us down into categories and addresses problems by organ systems. Instead, healing comes from wholeness.
The Connection Between Beliefs, Actions, and Results
Throughout this episode, Megan speaks to why actions will often fall short if they are not backed up by our thoughts and beliefs. This partially explains why clients who just want to be told what to do often struggle the most. Instead, Megan explains how to help clients best by aligning your advice with their own intuitions and feelings.
This means helping people slow down to better listen to what their body is telling them. This can be an uncomfortable process. Yet, it will help them understand what parts are important to them and help align the program with their beliefs for improved results.
The Strategy of Shifting Subconscious Belief Systems
Not everyone is naturally good at reframing beliefs. To help, Megan suggests modeling off of someone’s strategies who has already accomplished what you’re after. When you surround yourself with strategies and ideas you want to achieve for yourself, they can come to you more naturally.
She also advises reframing your thoughts to focus on what you want, not what you don’t want. The subconscious mind hears your thoughts and takes them on. If you only speak to yourself in the negatives, your subconscious will take those on. Instead, by rewording your goals as positives, you’ll better be able to discover the path to success.
How could investing in yourself benefit your clients? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Megan discovered the connection between mindset and health [4:30]
- Helping clients by supporting their decision-making process rather than just telling them what to do [11:30]
- The strategy behind shifting subconscious belief systems [30:40]
- What you learn about yourself by observing those around you [44:00]
Quotes
“People were able to do the same things they were already doing, maybe the same protocol and foods, and start to get results. It really did seem like magic.” [11:17]
“We need to be totally clear in our role [as coaches] and totally clear on our stuff, meaning any fears or triggers we have.” [23:00]
“Perception is projection…. What you’re seeing outside of you is what you have inside of you.” [46:53]
“When you get into the quantum physics of it and what the brain is physically wired to do and why it starts to become so obvious as to why you would care about this.” [1:01:23]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
As a business owner, I can take time off and don’t need permission from anyone. On the flip side, I don’t have the security of other jobs. These two facts became very apparent when I took maternity leave recently. Today, I want to talk about what I did as a business owner to prepare for maternity leave in a way that didn’t leave me with a financial burden.
Advanced Preparation and Understanding
To prepare for maternity leave, I started by making a budget. How much money would I need to cover my expenses and pay myself and any employees for at least three months? How much more would I have to sell to ensure that the business doesn’t lose money while I’m away? This requires really knowing your numbers so you can make informed decisions.
Once I knew the budget, I was able to plan my promotional calendar. This let me set specific financial goals to ensure that I sold what I needed to before my leave. This will let you know what to focus on as you prepare for your leave.
Working with a team and batching your work
Next, I passed some specific responsibilities on to my team. This was something we did gradually over the course of several months so that everyone was ready once my leave began. Knowing that the business was in good hands while I was away was a huge relief.
The fourth thing I did before the leave was batching three months of podcast content. I didn’t want to take a break from the podcast but I also didn’t want to be recording during my leave. That’s why I pre-recorded weeks of episodes so my team could release them on schedule.
What I would do differently next time
Now that I’ve gone on maternity leave, I have a good idea of what I would do differently next time. For starters, I would slow my reentry to work. Part of me was eager to get back to work and it can be hard to say no to things. Now that I know how tired I can be after birth, I would definitely get back into work more gradually.
I would also like to build something in my business that can be sold without my involvement. If I can sell high-ticket passive evergreen products, I’ll be able to step back even more and know my business will continue to thrive during an absence.
How have you prepared your business for an extended absence? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Determining how much money you need for a maternity leave [6:00]
- Selling what you need to ahead of time [13:00]
- Passing responsibilities over to your team [24:00]
- Batching content in advance of a leave [32:00]
- The importance of a slow return to work [38:50]
- Creating products that will sell without your involvement [47:45]
Quotes
“You shouldn't just be guessing at what you need because that’s going to cause constant questioning if you have enough.” [10:10]
“It gave me so much more confidence leading into the birth knowing the company’s finances were covered for at least 8 to 10 weeks postpartum without making any additional sales.” [18:28]
“You live and learn. Now I know that in the future I need to protect my energy more.” [45:58]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better Training!
Rocket Fuel by Gino Wickman & Mark C. Winters
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Every business could run more efficiently. A project management tool is one way to do this. Really, no matter where you are in your business, these tools will help take so much off your plate so that you can work where you are needed best.
Today, we’re speaking with a real expert on how project management tools can level up your business.
About Kaci Ackerman
Kaci went from dental office manager to being furloughed due to covid to running a six-figure business in less than two years. Kaci is a Certified Business Manager and ClickUp expert. Kaci has helped over 500 business owners streamline their businesses with ClickUp.
She saves CEOs 10 hours a week and increases their profit by 25% with a robust and automated ClickUp system. Some fun facts, Kaci is the queen of typos and truth bombs, a lover of stouts and porters, a Netflix binger, a sports fan, a bike rider, and friends obsessed.
Using Project Management Software Before Your Business Has Grown
Even if you’re in business by yourself, a project management tool still has its place. Kaci stresses the importance of building in the systems now that you’d want for your business later on when it’s bigger. By setting up project management systems now, you’ll be better positioned for your growth when it occurs.
And for the time being, this software will still help you stay organized and on top of tasks. It will keep priorities front of mind and help you keep track of all the minutiae of business much more comprehensively than pen and paper would.
The Many Uses of Project Management Tools
No matter the size of your business, project management software is crucial. Kaci describes some of the common applications of these tools. This ranges from personal reminders, scheduling help, follow-ups with potential clients, and so much more.
I’ll admit that these programs can look a bit overwhelming at first. However, it’s a lot less overwhelming than running a business without them. It’s worth learning so that you can save time and spend that time on what will really grow your business rather than the nitty-gritty functions of everyday operations.
How have project management tools helped your business grow? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How project management tools let you place your focus where it is needed the most [7:00]
- The usefulness of these tools for solopreneurs [12:30]
- Some of the common uses of project management software [23:45]
- How to decide which system is best for you and your business [38:50]
Quotes
“Build systems for where you want to be, not where you are right now.” [13:19]
“It is pretty well-known that most clients need like five to eight follow-ups before they say yes. So if you think they’re ghosting you or not going to work with you, it may not be true.” [36:11]
“If you want to start treating yourself as a CEO and your business as a business, not a side hustle, these systems should be a priority.” [38:38]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better Training!
Follow Kaci on Instagram | Facebook
Rocket Fuel by Gino Wickman & Mark C. Winters
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
A lot of people assume that memory problems happen as we age. That doesn’t have to be the case. There’s a lot that you can start doing now to keep your mind healthy into your later years. Today’s guest is here to tell you how she runs a successful business helping people keep their minds sharp!
About Francine Waskavitz
Francine is a Speech-Language Pathologist and an integrative nutrition coach with a passion for helping seniors and older adults maximize their long-term memory and cognitive health. She has always been a bit of an old soul. Francine thinks that's what draws her to work with the older crowd. She feels at home with them!
Francine has spent the last 10 years as an SLP working with the 55 and older crowd in care centers around the Carolinas. She truly believes that even though she is the one leading the therapies during that time, she learns even more from her clients than they do from her.
It’s Never Too Early to Address Memory Loss
Francine explains why memory loss is never normal. Sure, memory will likely change as we age. However, your regular ability to easily recollect things should not be ignored. Francine works hard to dismantle the myth that memory loss and aging must necessarily go together.
Francine wants people to seek help as soon as they realize that their memory is getting worse. It’s not something to just write off. Early intervention can go a long way to reducing larger problems down the road.
Building and Growing a Health Business
We also get into how Francine built a successful business around memory coaching. Much of this she credits to the Nutrition Business Accelerator. Although she is a Speech Language Pathologist, not a dietitian, Francine says she still found a huge amount of value in the program.
She learned that building a process around moving clients from a problem to a solution through mindset-building is a winning formula. With this, she has grown her business and plans to take it even further.
Have you noticed changes to your memory? Tell me about it in the comments on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What it means to be a memory health coach and how to know if you need one [4:10]
- Tools and strategies that will help build and improve your cognitive reserve [14:20]
- How your mindset is at the forefront of memory work [22:45]
- How Francine structures her business for success [27:45]
- Growing a business around helping your ideal client [41:00]
Quotes
“Acknowledging those changes when they show up now can prevent some of those things from occurring later because these problems have a way of showing up and getting louder.” [10:09]
“It sort of becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy for people in their 40s and 50s questioning their memory because stress can really hurt memory and memory problems are stressful.” [21:16]
“My number one goal is to make these changes for people that can carry over into their lives so that they’re experiencing these changes that are sustainable and approachable.” [34:15]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Nutrition Business Accelerator!
Find Francine Waskavitz online
Follow Francine on Facebook | Instagram
Get Francine’s FREE Starter Guide
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I want to sell in a way that feels comfortable and authentic. I bet you do too. But how can you do that effectively in a virtual setting? Today, I’m speaking to the person who taught me his formula for selling through speaking about how to do just that.
About Colin Boyd
Colin Boyd is an international speaker, trainer, and coach. He’s been running his Speaking business since 2017.
Originally from Australia, he moved in 2017 with his wife of 16 years, Sarah, and two little toddlers to Newport Beach, California.
He primarily now runs his flagship program Sell From Stage Academy which helps people turn every presentation into a money-making machine.
He coaches some of the biggest names in the industry including Amy Porterfield, James Wedmore, and Carrie Green to name a few, and thousands of other speakers and coaches to sell from the stage (without being pushy and slimy).
He is a CSP, Accredited ICF Coach, holds a Bachelor of Commerce and certifications in Behavioral DISC profiling and Neurolinguistic Programming.
Don’t Teach Your Audience Too Much
There are several common mistakes when creating webinars and courses with a pitch in mind. Colin warns us that the biggest of these is overteaching. By not providing too much information upfront, your potential client won’t feel overwhelmed when it’s time for them to decide whether or not to sign up for more.
This can be a challenge. It takes vulnerability to get in front of an audience. We often compensate by over-demonstrating our expertise. Colin cautions us to avoid this by saving the meaty content for the course itself. Strike a balance between providing information and leading the audience to make a decision.
The Money is the Motivator
We all have an offer. But some people have hang-ups when it comes to asking money for it. Colin explains why charging for what you do is an important and good part of the process. It represents a motivator on their part to see the results of your offer.
Colin wants you to think of it this way: the money you ask your audience for is a sign of their motivation. They don’t need the information. It probably already exists somewhere for free. What they need is you. You’re the one who organizes the knowledge and creates systems for it to lead them to success.
What challenges do you face when making a pitch? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What led Colin to coach entrepreneurs [8:30]
- Why you shouldn’t teach too much before a pitch [12:10]
- Creating value that isn’t information-based [15:50]
- How the money people invest with you leads them to better results [22:30]
- The challenge of teaching within your expertise [31:20]
- What entrepreneurs will get from Colin’s program [37:10]
Quotes
“Don’t over-teach. People get too much into the details when teaching on a webinar, especially if they want to make a pitch or offer.” [13:08]
“Money is a key currency that creates motivation to accelerate the result that your offer brings.” [24:44]
“The free stuff is still an important part of the journey, but the paid stuff is usually where you get your results.” [27:19]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Join the Sell From the Stage Academy
Follow Colin on Twitter | Facebook | Instagram | YouTube
Free Live Training “SELL FROM WEBINARS & LIVE STAGES TRAINING SERIES”
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Failing is a part of doing business. We all fail from time to time but we are not failures. Today, I want to talk about what happens when things don’t go as planned as an entrepreneur. We’re taking the shame out of failing so that you can fail successfully in business.
Set Goals That You May Not Reach
Often we feel like failures when we don’t reach a goal we’ve set for ourselves. But setting easily achievable goals isn’t the solution. Doing so will limit the extent of achievement you could possibly achieve.
For instance, when it comes to revenue targets, we often set goals based on past achievements. When we do this, we restrict our potential to profit even more. Doing so could trap you in a state of mediocrity. When we reach higher, we push ourselves to improve, even if we fall short of that goal.
Be Open About Failure
We often think that these failures are indicative of our own abilities. When we don’t openly discuss these failures, it’s easy to think that it’s not something everyone experiences. That’s why I think it’s crucial to start normalizing failure and make it something we talk about without shame.
This isn’t to say that we won’t ever feel frustrated or disappointed. But regret isn’t helpful. Instead, these are opportunities to examine what happened so that we can learn from it and do something different next time.
What We Can Learn After Failing
When we experience failure, it’s really easy to believe at the moment that this is indicative of your future in business. Don’t catastrophize these kinds of things!
In my experience, some of my biggest disappointments have been some of the best things to happen to me. They have shown me where to pivot and get my business better aligned with where I truly want it to be.
What has the fear of failure been holding you back from doing? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Why we need to set goals we may not reach [2:20]
- The importance of discussing failures as entrepreneurs [9:00]
- Why you are not defined by failure [22:30]
- Practicing the mindset of being okay with failure [33:00]
Quotes
“When you’re setting goals based on past experience, you might be limiting what’s possible for you in the future because you’re afraid to set a goal you may not hit.” [7:49]
“That [failure] was a situation that helped me see that the path I was on was not the right path for me.” [26:00]
“If you’re not taking risks on a regular basis in your business, then you’re probably not getting the kind of results you want to get.” [34:24]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the free Profit Planning Workbook!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 70 - What I Learned From My Biggest Business Failure
If you’ve had mastitis before, you know how terrible it can be. If you haven’t, there are some things you might want to do to avoid it if you’re ever going to be breastfeeding.
But this episode isn’t about mastitis itself. Instead, I want to talk about what it taught me about running an online business. It really is an example of how there’s always something to be gleaned from any experience, good or bad.
The Value of a Niche
The first lesson that I learned from all this was how valuable it is to work within a niche. When I was lying in bed dealing with the symptoms of mastitis, I was desperate for a solution. So I bought a course all about healing from mastitis.
This got me to realize that having very specific expertise that solves a very specific problem places you in a position where people will be willing to buy from you with less effort on your part.
Often, we want to stay broad with what we offer clients. But this experience drove home the importance of having something specific that you solve and clients are ready to buy.
Getting Out of Your Business So It Can Grow
The second lesson I learned was that I need to structure my business so that it can run smoothly without me. There was a lot that I wanted to get done the week that I was sick. A lot of it had to be put on hold. However, I am so thankful to my team who were able to get the time-sensitive aspects done without me.
We have goals for our businesses. While I was sick, I realized that you can actually hold your own business back from hitting those goals when the unexpected occurs. Being able to build systems, delegate, and automate can help you avoid this pitfall.
The Importance of Your Village
Finally, I came to understand the importance of having people you can call on for help when the need arises. For me, that began with my husband and mother who were able to watch our baby when I wasn’t able. I believe that being able to rest when I needed to allowed me to heal faster and get back to work sooner than I might have otherwise.
Beyond this, there was also my online village of health experts. Many of them shared wonderful advice and resources that reminded me that we can all lend a helping hand, no matter how trivial it may seem. Finding solidarity and empathy makes a huge difference when faced with a challenge.
Where can you turn for support when you need it the most? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Laura’s experience with mastitis [1:40]
- Finding a specific niche to help your clients [6:30]
- Getting out of your business so it can grow [18:40]
- The importance of having a village [33:30]
Quotes
“I definitely noticed some things during this time, good and bad, that informed not only how I’m approaching my own business, but also how I’m coaching my clients who are growing their online health and nutrition businesses.” [6:07]
“This is really the ideal business model to have where you have such a specific problem that you solve and such a high pain-point problem that people will buy from you even if you just came across them minutes ago.” [9:30]
“It’s definitely been a crash course in surrender and adaptation in the last three months and I know it’s going to continue and get more challenging. But I think it’s a good challenge.” [33:06]
“The time that I spend cultivating relationships is so important at those times that I need somebody to literally be there in person for me.” [37:14]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the free Profit Planning Workbook!
Your Two Jugs | Mastitis Treatment Professionals
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Are you standing up for what you believe when it comes to nutrition, wellness, and health? I know that many health entrepreneurs are nervous to stray from what they learned in school or the recommendations of their professional organizations. However, in order to best help our clients, we may sometimes need to go an unorthodox route. Today’s guest is here to discuss how to move past this fear so that we can be of the most service to those who need us.
About Annette Presley
Annette Presley is a registered dietitian of over 30 years, certified Functional Nutritionist, certified Theta Healer, author, speaker, and creator of the REVIVE Method.
After discovering that the diet advice she'd learned as a dietitian was contributing to chronic disease, Annette changed course to learn about Functional Nutrition and Nutrigenomics (how nutrition impacts genetic expression), and the Root Cause Protocol. Now Annette helps women get to the root of their health issues so they can stop feeling like crap and get their life and their joy back.
The Art of Asking Questions and Finding Answers
In this episode, Annette describes how early in her career she was called out for teaching what was at the time counter to established practice. Time has since vindicated her beliefs and she learned a lesson in the importance of maintaining her sense of professional integrity.
Through all this, Annette has come to understand that science is the art of questioning everything. Look into things. Trust your instincts, but verify them. Most of all, Annette wants us to be fearless in the face of potential criticism from those toeing the line of established practice.
How Being an Entrepreneur Helps Us Chart Our Own Path
One example of Annette’s unorthodox practice and beliefs centers on iodine. Although past animal studies have shown a link between iodine intake and hypothyroidism, Annette saw that the study’s conclusions did not match the study’s data. Exploring the issue further, she found that iodine can actually have numerous health benefits.
This leads us to the advantage of being an entrepreneur in the health space. We have the freedom to chart our own path - to research what interests us and apply the results for the benefit of our clients. This goes beyond just making money. It’s about really helping people.
Have you ever found yourself questioning accepted beliefs in your field? Tell me about it in the comments on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Lessons Annette learned about staying true to her beliefs [5:00]
- Why skepticism is an integral part of science [13:20]
- Dealing with the criticism that may come with following your conscience [20:10]
- How examining beliefs around the health impacts of iodine indicates the importance of questioning established practices [33:30]
- The freedoms that come with being a health entrepreneur [45:00]
Quotes
“I didn’t care what the truth was, I just wanted to make sure that what I was teaching was the truth.” [12:25]
“Science is all about asking questions and challenging answers. If we can’t do that, then it’s a religion, not science.” [13:46]
“I believe the truth is such that it is perfectly fine answering questions and debating. It’s when we don’t have the truth that we want to shut everything down. The truth can overcome a lie but a lie can never overcome the truth.” [36:53]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Annette on Facebook | Instagram | Pinterest
5 Things Your Doctor Isn't Testing For (that are preventing you from feeling great)
Know Your Fats by Mary G. Enig, Ph.D
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
This episode is part 2 of the 2-part episode about my daughter Vera's birth. Listen to last week’s episode of the first part if you haven’t had the chance yet.
Despite all the advance preparation for this birth, things did not immediately go quite as planned. So, if you’re thinking about having a baby, I hope you can learn from my experience.
A Somewhat Chaotic Arrival at the Hospital
Our story resumes as we were arriving at the hospital while contractions were in full swing. Despite some confusion getting in and a brief scare when my water broke full of meconium, I found myself ready to start pushing within minutes.
Nearly an hour later, I was totally exhausted. But Vera had still not arrived. Remembering some positioning strategies I had studied, I moved into some different positions. I believe that this helped open things up and made it easier and quicker for Vera to arrive.
At one point while pushing, I finally felt Vera’s head come out. A moment later and she was all the way out.
Reflections on a Natural Birth
Over the following days and weeks, I was still in a decent amount of pain. Even given that, I feel very strongly that avoiding medication helped me bond better with my child, and get breast-feeding established, and I’m very glad I did it that way.
Perhaps more than anything else, this experience taught me how to find a balance between trusting my own intuition and knowing when to ask for help. While I felt as prepared as I could be for this birth, I know that I could not have done it all on my own.
How did you prepare for birth? How did the preparation help you and what came as a surprise? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- A chaotic arrival at the hospital [3:45]
- Finding the right position to push [12:15]
- Putting my research into action and advocating for what I needed to do [20:00]
- Vera finally arrives [29:20]
- Reflections on an unmedicated birth experience [35:15]
Quotes
“You can do as much preparation as possible and you can’t be fully prepared for what’s going to happen.” [2:45]
“There was such a big difference between the pushing on my back versus the pushing on my knees. It was like night and day.” [27:19]
“There’s a balance in my life that I need to learn how to hit between knowing what’s right and doing what I think is right and following my intuition and also letting people help me.” [38:06]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Join the Nutrition Business Accelerator waitlist!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I’m back from maternity leave and I sure have a story to tell you all! To help tell you about it, I’ve brought on my husband Josh. We want to share the story of our child’s birth and what we learned from its challenges. Throughout the birth experience, Josh and I discovered a lot about ourselves and our relationship.
Preparation and Planning in Action
No matter how much I prepared and read up on labor, I found that nothing could fully prepare me for the experience itself. It was my goal to have a natural birth. So when contractions started, I did all I could to have it go as smoothly as I could.
I discuss some of the relaxation techniques I tried as well as some interesting and natural methods for moving the process along until Vera could be born. As someone who likes to be in control, this whole process was an exercise in recognizing what I could and couldn’t do.
Making Some Questionable Choices
One thing we learned through this experience is that you can make questionable decisions during labor. In fact, I gave Josh permission to head out to a softball game while I was waiting through the contractions. It may have seemed okay at the time, but in retrospect, it was probably not the right thing to do.
This whole experience taught us a lot about best-laid plans, what happens when it’s time to put them into action, and proper communication during stressful situations. Josh and I hope you enjoy this episode and tune in again next week to hear its conclusion!
How does your birth story compare? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What happened when the contractions began [3:00]
- Managing my mindset during the birth process [12:00]
- When communication between partners is put to the test [19:45]
- Preparing for the ride to the hospital [33:30]
Quotes
“Labor is a very energy-intensive experience, but the recommendation not to eat is questionable as far as if it’s actually beneficial for women, especially if you’re not going in for a c-section.” [7:12]
“I was thinking that this could literally be day one of three of having this experience. From a mindset experience, I was mentally preparing myself to go a really long time and manage it as best I could.” [15:17]
“If you’ve had a baby maybe you know what this feels like. If you haven’t, I don’t know if you can even imagine it.” [34:45]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Join the Nutrition Business Accelerator™ waitlist!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
For all you entrepreneurs, I’m sure you want to grow your business if it means being better able to help people. This is particularly true for coaches. That’s why I’m talking to someone today about how to improve your coaching skills in order to help your business grow.
About Amber Brueseke
Amber Brueseke is a wife, mom of four (ages 8-15), and a former RN who founded Biceps After Babies because she believes that being a mom doesn't have to mean your fittest days are behind you. What started as a little Instagram account to share her fitness journey online has become a business focused on empowering women to achieve.
Her signature coaching program MACROS 101 has helped over 5,000 women use the tool of macro counting to build a nutrition plan that's both effective and enjoyable. Amber also created a Transformational Fitness Coach certification that teaches other health and fitness coaches how to improve client results by getting to the root of their problems.
Amber loves chocolate and peanut butter (preferably together), lifting heavy weights at CrossFit, and hanging out at the beach with her family.
Hard Clients are Better Than Easy Ones
Not one to shy away from a challenge, Amber enjoys seeking out clients who struggle to get results. This is the result of trying out numerous coaching styles and working with many different clients over the years. Now, she finds further satisfaction in helping other coaches learn how to dig deep with their clients rather than just dismissing them when they fail to achieve.
While working this way takes more effort than simply working with easy clients, Amber sees it as an essential part of her success. It has forced her to become a more involved and informed coach, something that people seek out.
Helping Clients Help Themselves
Perhaps one of the more frustrating parts of coaching is seeing clients repeatedly sabotage their own progress. Amber explains how she approaches this by starting with the root of the problem. Instead of addressing the symptom, she helps clients examine their beliefs, some of which may be standing between them and their goals.
Interestingly, Amber finds this process is easier in group settings. This may be because it is easier to see things in other people than in yourself. Once you recognize something familiar in others, it is relatively simple to apply it to your own experience.
Group coaching can seem daunting. However, Amber sees a lot of value in it. To that end, she shares some practical advice on how to coach a group of people effectively. This includes embedding coaching within teaching, seeking out similar clients, and truly understanding who your ideal client is.
Who is your ideal coaching client? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Why working with difficult clients can be good business [11:05]
- Helping clients avoid self-sabotage by getting to the root causes of their beliefs [20:40]
- Managing group calls and sessions so they stay organized and effective [36:00]
- Why developing your skills as a coach is more important than marketing [46:40]
- What is the coach’s responsibility for their clients’ results [51:40]
Quotes
“Being able to see people go through a transformation never gets boring.” [10:59]
“We, as professionals, have to be able to give good solid scientifically-based recommendations and be able to back it up by helping clients overcome the mental blocks that prevent them from accepting that scientific information and using it in their own journey.”[18:11]
“The reason my program took off was not because I was a great marketer. It was because I was a great coach.” [47:17]
“Allow clients to have their individual definition of success. It doesn’t have to be your definition of success.” [1:02:06]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Amber on Facebook | Instagram
Sign up for Amber’s Coaching Program
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Few people discuss what happens to your hormones after menopause. In fact, there seems to be a lot of secrecy among women in this stage of life about their hormonal health. That’s why I’m so excited to have Maria Claps with me today to shed light on this important topic.
About Maria Claps
Maria Claps is a certified health coach, Functional Diagnostic Nutrition practitioner, and mom to four grown boys.
After receiving inadequate healthcare that did nothing to address her perimenopause problems, Maria enrolled in the Institute for Integrative Nutrition (IIN) in order to help herself. After that, Maria pursued several hormone-centric trainings including Dr. Sara Gottfried's practitioner hormone training program, and the Functional Diagnostic Nutrition program, and she also has been mentored by hormone scholar and scientist Dr. Lindsey Berkson.
Maria helps women all over the world as a perimenopause and menopause mentor. She is a DUTCH hormone test expert. She also teaches practitioners how to help midlife women thrive in a mentorship program called Midlife Hormone Mastery.
When she’s not working with clients, Maria can be found trekking through Italy, at farmers’ markets locally, or in the kitchen creating recipes.
Hormonal Changes Don’t Mean the End of Your Lifestyle
Throughout this conversation, Maria shares how her experience sent her on a quest to better understand the signs and symptoms of perimenopause. Insomnia, weight gain, and unstable moods led her to solutions that few others in the health field were discussing.
Over the years, Maria discovered the truth that lies behind many common menopause myths. In reality, you don’t have to accept all the changes. Maria explains that hormonal changes are not necessarily the same thing as aging. By recognizing that the way you feel now is a symptom, not the root of the problem, you can take informed actions.
Much of the way people think of menopause is very negative. Maria explains how cultural expectations of older women derive from a false narrative. Sadly, this has led to a culture of silence around the topic. Maria works to help women open up about their experiences. When this happens, women can take action and regain control over their lives.
Understanding Your Hormones Before, During, and After Menopause
Maria stresses that living a healthy lifestyle will help ease your transition to perimenopause, menopause, and beyond. Diet and nutrition, as well as exercise, go a long way. That being said, there is no guarantee that it will still go smoothly. Many of Maria’s clients do this and still struggle.
It can be scary to experience these changes in your body. There is a sense of loss of control when you don’t fully understand how these changes affect you. That’s why Maria stresses the role of education. When you understand your body well, you know what is normal, what isn’t, and what you can do about it.
Hormone testing, particularly the DUTCH Test, is a major tool Maria employs. It gives a complete picture of what the hormones are doing and how they are changing. Maria has seen the value of these tests to highlight potential problems and establish healthy regimens for her clients.
What can you start doing today to prepare for menopause? Let me know in the comments on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How to recognize the signs of perimenopause [8:30]
- Common myths about menopause [11:45]
- Changing the cultural narrative of aging and menopause [16:40]
- What to expect from an optimal menopause experience [21:45]
- The connection between the premenopausal experience and menopause itself [27:35]
- The critical link between mindset and menopause [33:15]
- The value of comprehensive hormone testing for post-menopausal women [36:45]
- Practical tips you can start using today to reduce menopause symptoms [48:50]
Quotes
“As far as becoming this overweight asexual woman who isolates herself and can’t contribute to the world anymore, that’s completely false.” [12:39]
“You are going to have some changes. Your body is going to change. Things are going to change, but it’s really manageable.” [21:05]
“These things are quite fixable. I’ve seen so many before and afters. It’s amazing how it can be fixed with a degree of lifestyle medicine.” [43:20]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Maria on Instagram
Institute for Integrative Nutrition (IIN)
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I know you must like podcasts. You listen to this one, anyway. But having your own podcast can be a helpful tool for starting and growing your business. In today’s episode, I chat with a friend of mine who has used podcasting successfully to take her business to new heights.
About Nicole Begley
Nicole Begley, M.Photog.Cr., CPP, is a zoological animal trainer turned pet photographer and educator. She created Hair of the Dog in 2012 to empower pet photographers to turn their dreams into reality by helping them improve their craft and grow their pet photography business.
Nicole has authored a book Pet and Equine Photography for Everyone, available on Amazon. She established Nicole Begley Photography in Pittsburgh, PA in 2010 but now serves the market of Charlotte, NC.
Nicole shares her home with her husband, two tiny humans, and her Puerto Rican rescue dog Zoey. Oh yes, she is also Chief of Staff to Emma the cat. She is the creator of the #selfiedog series, a travel addict, and a chocolate martini connoisseur.
Putting in Place Systems for Success
If you decide to start a podcast, having a process in place is crucial. Sure, you can do all the production and post-production work yourself, but that’s going to be time-consuming. Nicole and I discuss our processes for making episodes every week in ways that don’t take over our lives.
This can involve having someone in your own business work on post-production or farming it out to an outside person or group. While this will cost some money, it will allow you to spend your time and energy where your business needs you the most.
Getting Great Content for Your Podcast
But it’s not enough to just have a podcast; you need great content for it too. We discuss how to connect with people in your community and beyond to interview. Nicole recommends using your network to find interesting people who can add value to your show.
Being on other people’s podcasts can help you too. It will make you more comfortable in front of a microphone. Also, being a guest elsewhere will expand your reach. It’s a perfect way to find new clients and listeners for your own show.
Throughout the process of starting and running a podcast, Nicole wants you to keep your intentions in mind. Ask yourself what your goals are with your podcast and how you want to spend your time with it. If you keep that in the forefront of your mind, your podcast will be on track to help your business grow.
Have you thought about starting a podcast? What do you need to do to get started? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Having a process to make podcasting easier [9:00]
- Learning to become a podcaster [19:30]
- Finding the right people and content for your episodes [28:00]
- Sounding true and authentic with your voice [39:30]
- The most important question for beginning podcasters [49:50]
Quotes
“One of the best ways to leverage podcasting as a lead generator in your business is to get in front of other people’s audiences.” [36:10]
“Personally, we sometimes feel like our story is not all that exciting. But it is for somebody else. There can be so many great lessons for them.” [38:00]
“The biggest thing to get started is to ask yourself what your intention is with your podcast and how to utilize it as a tool in your business so your time spent on it is beneficial.” [52:00]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Nicole on Facebook | Twitter | YouTube
Pet and Equine Photography for Everyone
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
There’s more to selling a best-selling, profitable course than creating what you think your audience wants to learn. The reality is that you need to speak to your audience to find out exactly what they want to learn from you. I’m joined by Josh Coats to talk about selling more courses by speaking directly to your ideal clients, creating courses they want, and personalizing your sales process.
About Josh Coats
Two-time #1 Best Selling Author, Top 50 podcast host, and founder of Push Coach Certification School for life coaches. Josh has trained over 40k in his online training and specializes in mindset, leadership, and strategy.
As a student of mindset and founder of a life coach school, Josh will help you to dig into the beliefs that are holding you back in your sales and leadership.
Create a Course Your Audience Wants
Josh Coats joins me to talk about the process of course creation. Making a best-selling, profitable course is more than simply creating what you think your audience wants – you need to find out what your audience wants to learn, first.
Josh explains when you need to actually have your course content created. It might surprise you to learn it’s not when you launch your course! It’s always important to ask for feedback from your ideal clients and tailor your course to suit their needs best.
We both understand that having sales conversations with potential clients might not appeal to you, but they’re a vital part of your sales process. Josh gives some great tips for how to have these conversations and why you might not want to automate your entire sales process.
Social Media and Automation vs a Personalized Sales Approach
Social media has a reputation for being a vital part of a business’s marketing plan. But there are drawbacks to solely using social media for your marketing. Josh explains the value of building your revenue before you build your social media presence. He also adds that having a higher social media following can help your sales when you already have a best-selling product.
Finally, we spend some time talking about the realities of sales. Josh breaks down the best way to find people to have sales conversations with and what type of conversations you need to have with them. Personalized sales approaches will most often give you way more sales than any automated process. Don’t forget that you’re a person, first, who wants to sell to other people!
If you’re thinking about creating a course, Josh Coats encourages you to message 5-10 people that you’re already closely connected. Tell them you’re thinking about putting together a program and want input from people that you respect the most. Ask them if they would be willing to tell you what they want to learn from you and what results they want to get from a program. Let me know about your results in the comments on the episode page!
In This Episode
- When to start building your course [11:15]
- Why the best quality product comes out after speaking with your ideal clients [14:00]
- How to start having sales conversations with potential new customers [22:45]
- How to figure out what your clients actually want when they ask for something [33:00]
- The reality of Instagram as a marketing platform [35:00]
- How a social media following can help build your credibility when you’re trying to sell other products [39:00]
- Why you need to build your revenue before you build your social media following [40:00]
- How to find people to have sales conversations with [42:14]
- Make an ad using your best-performing pic and a quote - on ig - then message people who like the post offering something free. Follow up on the free stuff. Have you heard of my signature program?
- The reality of one-to-one sales [51:00]
- The importance of sales calls [54:00]
Quotes
“You don’t know the perspective of your clients until you start having some conversations. Whether that’s in the DMs, emails, or putting out podcasts – you don’t know what people do and don’t respond to until you put something out there. You have to get started first.” [12:08]
“It’s kind of like taking what people say that they want and churning it into something that sounds more like a whole program.” [26:23]
“It’s true to me but I needed [my ideal client’s] help to figure out what the best program would be. I have 3-4 things that I would really like to teach you and 700-800 things that I also do that I sometimes forget to tell people about because I do them automatically.” [29:39]
“If you come with curiosity, people don’t feel like you’re trying to box them in. Versus if you do have an elevator pitch – if it sounds too scripted, people can feel that. I like to, very intentionally, sound like I don’t care and like I’m just having a little conversation with you. That almost always leads to having a conversation about what I want to talk about. Be a little more polite and a little less straightforward.” [47:35]
“$60,000 a month had just been sitting there, no one doing anything with it, because these were people that for whatever reason just needed somebody to say, ‘hey, I see you. Are you interested in what I have?’ I think so many times because it’s been done so sleazy by so many people, we think one-to-one sales is sleazy. The reality is, for most people listening to this podcast, that if you don’t have as much money to spend on ads, if you don’t have these scaling things, you can’t just skip the day-to-day work.” [50:48]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get Free Training on Practice Better
Find Josh Coats on Instagram | Facebook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Intuitive eating is a hot concept in the health and wellness industries right now. The health at any size communities are warring against diet culture, but the question we have is - is intuitive eating possible for Christian women? Char-Lee Cassel, who is a Christian dietitian, joins me to discuss this.
About Char-Lee Cassel
Char-Lee Cassel is a registered dietitian and an Intuitive Eating Coach for Christian Women who are sick of struggling with body image and want to gain confidence with their food and exercise decisions. She has developed a positive body image and a healthy relationship with food and exercise through studying God’s word and implementing the principles of Intuitive Eating in her own life. Obsessed with: Jesus, coffee, donuts, outdoor adventures, and motherhood.
Aligning How You Eat With Your Spiritual Purpose
Char-Lee and I agree that without the Word, intuitive eating, and eating for health in general, falls flat. God gives us purpose. By treating our bodies with respect, we are honoring them the way God intended.
While some people in the wellness industry might think that intuitive eating is not the best way to eat, Char-Lee explains why it’s actually aligned with Christian values. She encourages us to listen to the needs of our bodies and to fill them with healthy foods. When we eat well and treat our bodies with love and kindness, we are keeping our own temples clean and healthy.
Spiritually Fasting in a World of Diet Culture
How does spiritual fasting intersect with intuitive eating? Especially given that many women approach intuitive eating from a past of disordered eating, this can be tough. But Char-Lee shares that so long as someone is far enough along in their eating disorder recovery, undertaking a spiritual fast can still be an okay thing to do.
We also talk about other ways to participate in a spiritual fast that doesn’t involve food. Fasting should be a regular part of your spiritual practice as the purpose is to make you more mindful of how you connect with God.
Finally, Char-Lee talks about why diet culture attracts so many Christian women. Diet culture as a whole is incredibly toxic and takes us away from our relationship with God. This is another reason why she advocates in favor of intuitive eating as it’s more in line with Christian values.
Have you participated in a spiritual fast before? How can you align your eating habits with your Christian values? Let me know in the comments on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How intuitive eating rules fall flat without the Word [9:30]
- Why intuitive eating is aligned with Christian values [14:25]
- Where spiritual fasting intersects with intuitive eating [21:45]
- Why you’re not in control of the outcome of the way you eat [37:17]
Quotes
“Being attuned to the Holy Spirit is a huge part of being attuned to your body and being able to make decisions that honor your tastebuds, your preferences, and also your physical health.” [11:15]
“I think that fasting is really important. But I don’t think that it has to be food. I think it can be food, though, even if you are an intuitive eater.” [24:44]
“We try not to deny our hunger. We try to honor our hunger. I believe that God gave us hunger signals for a reason, he wants us to fuel ourselves to be able to do his work. But spiritual fasting is a biblical principle. It’s something that we’re called to do. I think if your heart is right and you’re removed from diet culture, I don’t see that there’s anything wrong with that as an intuitive eater.” [36:39]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Char-Lee on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Intuitive Eating For Christian Women Podcast
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
If you’ve ever struggled in your life - and who hasn’t? - this episode is for you. Today I have a special guest who explains how to create success regardless of your circumstances. By the end of this chat, you’ll be ready to achieve success faster than you ever thought possible.
About Brad Bizjack
Brad Bizjack is a personal development expert, mindset strategist, coach, inspirational speaker, and podcast host with over nine years of coaching experience. His mission is to help people maximize their life, master their mindsets, and elevate their relationships and career to the next level and beyond!
Brad is happily married to his beautiful wife, Janiece. They live in the Lakeview neighborhood of Chicago and have a baby girl named Lillian and a dog named Oliver.
What appreciation really is
In this episode, Brad explains how learning to appreciate what he has allowed him to find the success he had been seeking. This is rooted in the recognition that good things happen when you see life as happening for you rather than to you.
We recognize that our circumstances, no matter how negative they may seem, can be gifts. This mindset shift makes it easier to see hidden opportunities and solve problems. Brad reminds us that no life is problem-free. What we want are high-quality problems that come with success.
What happens when we reframe our beliefs
Brad wants us to reexamine our beliefs. He explains how what we believe often leads to its inevitability. For instance, believing that money is hard to make will naturally lead you to take less action to earn more. However, a new story about money abundance would change the actions you take and lead to new results.
Brad has some suggestions to help reframe how we think. Start with a goal you’re excited about. Think about what achieving this goal would do for you. If it’s inspirational for you, then you’ll be motivated to see it through despite the problems that may arise. This, combined with an objective understanding of what your actual circumstances are, will prepare you to achieve anything.
What does appreciation mean to you? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Learning that appreciation is the antidote to limiting beliefs [4:00]
- Why it’s a good thing to have problems in your life [13:00]
- What happens when we change the meaning of negative events [21:40]
- Steps to reframe how we think about negativity and goals [30:40]
Quotes
“If we want our life to change, we have to focus more on how we’re feeling on the inside if we’re feeling alive or not. And one of the greatest emotions of all is appreciation.” [12:00]
“Problems are the gifts that we grow from. Without problems, we don’t have a life.” [13:52]
“Your goals should be unrealistic, scary, and something that makes your heart beat a little bit faster.” [34:40]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Brad on Facebook | Instagram | YouTube
Take Brad’s Free Success Archetype Quiz!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Everyone procrastinates in one way or another. It’s something that I’ve dealt with in the past and the present. One thing I know is that procrastination can really derail your progress if you don’t have an effective way to handle it. That’s why I’m excited to have someone on today who gets people out of their ruts and into meaningful action.
About Laura Naiser
Laura Naiser is a mindset coach. She leverages cutting-edge coaching concepts and timeless biblical principles to help entrepreneurs break free from their mental and emotional roadblocks so they can create more income, impact, and freedom.
Laura is certified through The Life Coach School and has more than twenty years of experience teaching and leading in both church and business settings. She and her husband Matt live on a ranch outside of Austin, Texas.
The Emotional Source of Procrastination
For entrepreneurs, procrastination can be a serious issue. We don’t have anyone else holding us accountable to the work. I love being my own boss, but it means that I also need to be my own supervisor.
Laura explains how she thinks the root of procrastination often comes from an avoidance of negative emotions. We often know what we want or need to do, but feelings such as confusion, doubt, or overwhelm derail us. Laura describes how we can process these feelings instead of simply reacting to them.
It’s important to do all this self-compassion. Otherwise, shame will just make it worse. Developing skills to process negative emotions will help you move forward in a positive and supportive way.
Seeing Value in Failure
Laura talks about how we should not only expect obstacles but welcome them. Putting yourself in this mindset opens you up to learning and possibilities. We are always growing as long as we are open to possibilities.
Cultivating positive and compassionate relationships with yourself means you’ll be prepared for challenges. The possibility of failure won’t even seem that bad because you won't take it personally. As a result, you won't want to procrastinate and can launch yourself into new things.
So if you find yourself procrastinating, Laura wants you to approach it with a mixture of grace and truth. Be curious about why you feel this way and think about what you can do differently.
How does procrastination impact you and your business? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Laura became a certified life coach [4:45]
- The root driver of entrepreneurial procrastination [10:00]
- The important difference between excellence and perfectionism [19:20]
- Seeing the potential for progress and the possibility of failure [30:20]
- The dangers of comparison [48:30]
- Tips for getting out of the procrastination trap [54:10]
Quotes
“You can either manage your mind and emotions or your mind and emotions will manage you.” [10:57]
“Tell yourself the story you want to live in. Whatever story you’re telling yourself is going to create your experience of that circumstance.” [26:10]
“As entrepreneurs, we have to experiment and we have to be willing to risk failure. Otherwise, we just hide and play really small.” [31:13]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Laura on Instagram | Facebook
Get a Free Procrastination Audit
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Irregular periods are a common occurrence in women around the world. If you’ve been given a PCOS or Hypothalamic Amenorrhea diagnosis, or think you might have one of those conditions, there are similarities and differences you need to know. I’m joined by Dr. Lara Briden to bust all those PCOS myths that are holding you back from lasting hormonal health.
About Dr. Lara Briden
Dr. Lara Briden is a naturopathic doctor and the world-famous period revolutionary—she’s leading the change to better periods for all women.
Informed by a strong science background and more than twenty years with patients, Dr. Lara is a passionate communicator about women’s health and alternatives to hormonal birth control.
Her book Period Repair Manual is a manifesto of natural treatment for better hormones and better periods and provides practical solutions using nutrition, supplements, and natural hormones. Now in its second edition, the book has been an underground sensation and has changed the lives of tens of thousands of women.
Dr. Lara has helped thousands of women find relief for period problems such as PCOS, PMS, endometriosis, and perimenopause.
Why Women Are Not Small Men and What That Means for Hormonal Health
A phrase that Dr. Lara has coined is “women are not small men.” She starts this conversation by explaining what she means by this and how understanding this can help further our perception and knowledge of female health.
We discuss Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome (PCOS) and Hypothalamic Amenorrhea (HA), including the key differences between them. While both have irregular or missing menstrual cycles as a key symptom, they are very different conditions. This is why you should rule out whether you actually have HA before you start down the lengthy process of a PCOS diagnosis.
Diagnosing PCOS and Treating It
A common way to diagnose PCOS is by ultrasound. While there’s nothing inherently wrong with an ultrasound, this is actually not an effective way to diagnose PCOS. An ultrasound can alert your doctor to cysts present in your ovaries, but this doesn’t necessarily mean you have PCOS, despite the name of this syndrome.
Dr. Lara explains her preferred lab tests for a correct diagnosis. She recommends speaking with your doctor and request getting tested at two points during your menstrual cycle for the most accurate diagnosis. There are also at-home tests you can order and supplements that can help to regulate your cycle.
Dr. Lara talks about what the different states of PCOS are and how the symptoms and causes of each differ. By far the most common state is through insulin resistance but there are other ways your body can develop this disorder.
Finally, we talk about how you can treat certain symptoms of PCOS or HA without having an official diagnosis. Whether by diet, nutrition, and exercise, supplements, or other ways, there might be something you can do to reclaim your menstrual cycle.
How might PCOS symptoms be showing up for you? Let me know in the comments on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Dr. Lara became a leading expert in women’s hormonal health [5:45]
- Why Dr. Lara says that “women are not small men” [9:10]
- The key differences between PCOS and Hypothalamic Amenorrhea [13:40]
- Why you should rule HA out before a PCOS diagnosis [20:50]
- The problems with an ultrasound for PCOS diagnosis [23:30]
- Relevant labs for a PCOS diagnosis [31:00]
- Why you should get tested twice during your menstrual cycle [39:00]
- The different states of PCOS and how to know you’re dealing with them [51:05]
Quotes
“We seem to have this idea that female hormones are somehow a liability to health -- that they’re something to be controlled. Of course, that’s so far from being true.” [11:50]
“A lot of experts are calling for the ultrasound for Polycystic Ovary finding to be dumped, really, because it’s just not helpful.” (26:47)
“You can always reverse out of PCOS. It’s reversible. That’s the symptom picture. Maybe not the genetic tendency, but the symptom picture is.” (48:39)
“A lot of times the best approach to PCOS is still going to improve insulin sensitivity, it’s going to reduce inflammation, it’s going to help you detox from any birth control hormones.” (1:00:59)
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Dr. Lara Briden on Instagram | Facebook | Twitter
The Period Repair Manual by Lara Briden MD
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Is the money you earn being used effectively to truly build wealth? As entrepreneurs, we have a unique opportunity available to us when it comes to our money -- both making it and using it to grow. Today’s guest shares insight and advice on how to make your money work best for you.
About Mel Abraham
Mel is a CPA by education but an entrepreneur by exhilaration. He’s the author of the #1 Bestseller, The Entrepreneur's Solution: The Modern Millionaire's Path to More Profit, Fans & Freedom.
He’s the founder of Thoughtpreneur(™️) Academy & Business Breakthrough Academy where he helps entrepreneurs bring their businesses to the world and build the lifestyle that they want.
After finding a cancerous tumor in his bladder larger than a baseball in June 2019 and successfully conquering it within 18 months, Mel began to openly teach his The Affluence Blueprint(™️) because his cancer journey spotlighted the immediate and urgent need for entrepreneurs to find “financial liberation” and peace of mind.
This is the very process and system he’s used to build his business and more importantly his wealth through business that allowed him to completely shut things down to focus on what’s important. Most entrepreneurs are building a financial house of cards and don’t even realize it… and traditional financial advice will not work for them.
Creating Multiple Income Streams
In this episode, Mel explains the importance of having diverse streams of income. As entrepreneurs, we tend to be open to opportunities. Mel wants us to look for ways to diversify income in order to manage risk and better prepare for the long term.
We can do this by looking for all the places where we can add value in our businesses. Thinking creatively beyond traditional business models will open us up to the infinite opportunities available to do so.
Preparing for the Unpredictable
Another important part of being a successful entrepreneur is building a business that can run without you. Life is unpredictable. For Mel, a cancer diagnosis forced him into an unplanned hiatus. It was the systems in his business that allowed him to focus on his health during this time.
However, you can’t wait until a crisis occurs to prepare for it. Mel explains why setting up your business and income streams early will help you weather the storms that life throws at you. It’s never too early to start planning and preparing.
You can even work on this outside your business. Mel shares his knowledge and insights on how and why to start investing right away to build financial freedom that goes beyond what you do for your business.
How can you start investing in your future right now? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Mel became a money expert for entrepreneurs [5:00]
- The security that comes with having multiple income streams [9:30]
- How a diversity of income streams helps prepare you for the unexpected [19:15]
- The important distinction between spending and investing [32:00]
- How to build a money machine outside your business [43:15]
Quotes
“We don’t want to talk about money. It’s taboo. So we don’t talk about money and when we don’t talk about it, how do we get better at it?” [7:22]
“When we create multiple income streams inside the business, now the business is more stable, your financial future is more stable, and you have a bit more comfort.” [17:38]
“Make your financial future a priority and build it into your plan each day.” [31:39]
“Your current financial situation -- good, bad, or ugly -- is the result of your behaviors, decisions, and habits.” [48:07]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Mel on YouTube | Instagram
The Affluent Entrepreneur Show
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I wish it wasn’t true, but too often the burden of parenting falls more heavily on the mother. This is just one of the things that make it harder for women to be successful CEOs. Yet, it’s certainly not impossible! Today’s guest is here to inspire you to find the balance between parenting and running your business so you can thrive in both.
About Nicole Culver
Nicole helps expert coaches create evergreen weekly sales, without fancy funnels, expensive ads, or large audiences. She has worked in the online space for the past 10+ years and has figured out exactly what it takes to really build a business with a full-time income, in part-time hours.
Nicole believes in building a business that excites and energizes you and gives you the spark you've been missing. She is a marketing expert, trauma coach, certified Master NLP trainer, Hypnotist, Life Coach, EFT Practitioner, and Breathwork Facilitator with a Master's in Education.
Reexamining Different Seasons to Find Balance
With the many competing interests in our lives, striking a healthy balance is essential. Nicole explains how splitting your attention between the needs of your business and those of your family can be sustainably achieved.
Nicole says that this balance is best achieved when we recognize that there will be times to focus on business and times to focus on family. The key is recognizing these times and accepting the place you’re in.
To recognize if this is the right season for something new, whether in life or in business, Nicole wants you to truly examine your values and priorities. Be sure that whatever it is you want to do aligns with these.
Doing Less to Allow More to Get Done
Balance might mean working and earning less. Being open to scaling allows you to actually see the possibilities in your business. You might be surprised at how well it does once you step back.
The key for Nicole comes when she releases her expectations. Somewhat counter-intuitively, she has found that stepping back from her business even opens it up to more opportunities. It can show you where you can scale it up without further time commitments and let you know how much you actually need to do to make it successful.
How can you simplify what you do in your business to find a better work-life balance? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Nicole went from teaching to coaching [5:55]
- Finding a balance between the different interests in our lives [16:20]
- What can happen when you hustle less in your business [26:00]
- Why good communication between partners is essential [29:40]
- Prioritizing the tasks in your business for optimal growth [35:50]
Quotes
“If you want to grow your business, you also have to understand that just like there are seasons of the year, there are seasons of life and there are seasons of your business.” [18:05]
“Why do we need to do so much?... You must do less. And if you make a little bit less, so what?” [23:50]
“Your partner is not a mind-reader. They have no idea what you’re going through and what you need. It’s up to you to advocate for yourself as a mother, as a partner, and as a business owner.” [32:55]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Nicole on Instagram | TikTok | YouTube
3 Steps to $10k a Month in Evergreen Sales
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Intuitive eating, ditching diets, tracking your food… the nutrition world can feel so controversial these days. But it doesn’t have to be! I’m joined by Emily Field RD, who is an expert in all things macronutrients, to talk about how eating your macros can completely change your approach to food and nutrition for the better.
About Emily Field, RD
Emily Field is a dietitian who teaches women to eat a balanced diet using a macros approach. This lets women break up with nonsense food rules and ditch depriving diets for good while still working towards their goals.
What Macronutrients Can Do For You
First, Emily explains what macronutrients are and what role they have in your body. She describes how understanding macros help you determine how much fat, protein, and carbohydrates you need to eat for your unique body every day.
Emily believes that when you’re focusing primarily on your macronutrients, you have more control over the food you’re eating. Eating your macros means that pizza and chocolate are no longer off the menu, so long as they fit in your daily ranges. This approach to flexible dieting actually gives you more food freedom than other forms of dieting.
Many of the women Emily works with fall into an “all-or-nothing” approach when it comes to dieting. However, you don’t have to be eating your macros perfectly in order to make good progress towards your goals. In fact, Emily says that when you first start eating your macros, you’re probably not going to hit them at all – and that’s actually not a problem.
Finding Success Without the Scale
Emily helps her clients understand how to set goals that aren’t dependent on the scale. Rather than only being about a number, success can be how you’re feeling, how your body moves, how your health conditions have improved, and how your body looks or fits into clothes.
And as great as macro-counting can be, there are some people who shouldn’t focus on a macronutrient approach to eating. Whether you are recovering from an eating disorder or you have an underlying health condition that needs more specific dietetic advice, this approach isn’t for everyone. However, it can still make a meaningful difference for many of us!
Are you ready to ditch arbitrary diets and learn more about eating to meet your macros? Do you have any other questions about macronutrients? Let me know in the comments on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How understanding macronutrients help you know how much fat, protein, and carbohydrates are right for you [11:50]
- How flexible dieting can help you lead to more food freedom and eating intuitively for your needs [20:12]
- How eating to your macros can give you more confidence in what you’re eating [24:45]
- Why you don’t have to panic if you’re not eating your macros perfectly [27:25]
- How you can measure success beyond the scale [31:00]
- Who shouldn’t track their macros and why [37:30]
- Why you should limit the number of nutrition guidelines you’re trying to follow [44:50]
Quotes
“My practice is built on the fact that I want to teach people the skill of tracking macros. It is a skill. It’s not a diet, it’s not a program. It is a skill that you learn so that you can be in the power position to influence your body the way that you want.” (17:42)
“You will find out very quickly if you’re tracking macros that you cannot fit pizza and Pop-Tarts and ice cream and all this stuff into your diet 100% of the time, but the fact that you can make friends with those foods and work them in when you want to is really powerful for a lot of people.” (27:06)
“This is a tool to help you learn how much you need to eat to support your body, not a weight loss mechanism. If we can just shift that and move away from the end goal being the only reason you want to track macros, a lot of times that can remove the pressure that tracking macros is not going to work for you.” (30:42)
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Emily Field RD on Instagram | Facebook | Pinterest
Get Your FREE DIY Macros Guide!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Fertility is complicated and undereating is not going to help. Sure, there are countless important factors involved when it comes to preparing for pregnancy. One, which is sadly often ignored is getting enough essential nutrients and calories to support a healthy pregnancy. This episode’s guest is on a mission to correct this.
About Michal Vande Kamp, RD
Michal Vande Kamp is a registered dietitian who helps women with irregular and painful periods use nutrition and lifestyle strategies so they can regulate their periods and prepare for pregnancy.
Unlike masking period symptoms with medication, Michal helps get to the root cause with functional health testing and provides individualized nutrition and lifestyle recommendations so that her clients can have regular, pain-free periods that do not interfere with their daily life and have a body prepared for pregnancy.
The Connection Between Lifestyle, Diet, and Fertility
For many of us with our busy lifestyles, eating often takes a backseat. Combined with the myths that low-calorie diets are beneficial, many women fail to get the nutrition they need. Michal explains how this has a negative impact on hormones and fertility.
By helping her clients retrain how they approach food, Michal can make eating an enjoyable, yet informed, activity. She describes it as a combination of lifestyle evaluation, blood sugar balance, and functional lab testing.
Fueling for Fertility
When we fail to maintain a balanced and nutritious diet, we put our bodies in a state of stress. The blood sugar dysregulation and cortisol increase that results will impact ovulation. Consequently, if you don’t fuel your body appropriately, your body won’t feel safe, and ovulation will be impacted.
While early intervention is best, it’s never too late to get back on track. Michal describes how she helps her clients track their hormones and cycles so that they can make educated decisions about their diet and fertility.
What challenges have you experienced getting the right nutrition before pregnancy? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Michal came to specialize in helping women with period and fertility issues [4:45]
- Why so many women have trouble eating enough [7:40]
- What type of fertility issues arise when we are undernourished [15:40]
- Improving hormone health and fertility with a whole-person approach [29:10]
- Why you may want to avoid some “healthy foods” [40:00]
Quotes
“It doesn’t have to be perfectly pretty. It just has to be nutritious and something that you can have on hand that is easy for you to eat and be able to prepare.”[15:04]
“You want your body to feel safe and you want ovulation to happen because if it’s not happening and hormones are being impacted, then we are not going to be able to get pregnant.” [16:51]
“If you’re having symptoms or not feeling good, don’t ignore it!” [51:31]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Michal on Instagram
Michal’s Client Information Form
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 121: Why It’s So Hard To Lose the Baby Weight with Rebekah Matznick, RD
There’s a lot that expectant mothers are told that’s simply not true. But that doesn’t mean you need to enter pregnancy uninformed. Instead, listen to the experts out there who have the information you need to hear!
Since I’m out on maternity leave, I want to leave you with one of the most popular episodes of this show, which happens to be super relevant to any woman about to find herself in my situation.
About Lily Nichols, RDN
Lily Nichols is a registered dietician and nutritionist specializing in gestational health. She’s a certified diabetes educator, researcher, and author of Real Food for Pregnancy and Real Food for Gestational Diabetes. Lily is an advocate for a more holistic approach to nutrition and her work has influenced nutritional policies around the world.
Debunking the Myths Around What to Eat While Pregnant
Lily breaks down some common myths about prenatal nutrition. She’s particularly concerned with how many foods women are told to avoid. For instance, pregnant women are often told to avoid eggs. Lily explains where the risks actually lie and why it’s actually beneficial to eat some omelets during pregnancy.
The fact of the matter is that the research is always evolving. That’s why it is ultimately up to you to make your own decisions about what to eat during pregnancy. You need to weigh your own priorities concerning diet against what the advice you hear is saying. Everyone’s situation is unique. That’s why staying informed will help you decide what’s best for you and your baby.
Getting the Right Nutrients Early On
Lily explains some of the important nutrition targets for pregnant women. Optimal protein intake and the right balance of vitamins and minerals are crucial to fetal development. Yet, it’s not a straightforward calculation.
In fact, good prenatal nutrition starts before conception even occurs. Lily recommends you begin optimizing your diet for at least three months before you even start trying for a baby. She also explains why you should try to have three regular menstrual cycles before trying to get pregnant.
Some Wallet-Friendly Foods to Support You and Your Baby
We end our conversation with some practical considerations, namely which nutrient-dense foods to seek out to support a healthy pregnancy. This includes organ meats, canned seafood, and eggs which will help you get the nutrients you need for a healthy pregnancy without breaking the bank.
Did you make changes to your diet when pregnant? What influenced those changes? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What led Lily to make a career of researching prenatal nutrition [6:00]
- Common myths concerning prenatal nutrition [11:00]
- Why you should make your own informed decisions about what food risks you want to take during your pregnancy [20:30]
- How long before a pregnancy someone should start focusing on prenatal nutrition [34:50]
- Affordable nutrient-dense foods to support a healthy pregnancy [56:00]
Quotes
“The biggest myths are the focus on what to avoid. There’s this idea that you need to avoid all these foods when you’re pregnant…. It’s like what can’t I do instead of what should I do more of. There tends to be a fear-based mentality around pregnancy.” [11:28]
“It is pre-pregnancy health that has a greater impact on the trajectory of pregnancy, the risk of pregnancy complications, and so forth, than the intervention happening during pregnancy.” [40:26]
“We do have data that shows that we can stack the deck in our favor. We can stack the deck in reducing the chance of pregnancy complications. By reducing the chance of pregnancy complications, you’re going to reduce the chance of birth complications which is going to reduce your chance of birth trauma, which is going to reduce your chances of postpartum mental health issues.” [54:17]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Practice Better training!
Follow Lily Nichols, RDN on Instagram | Facebook | Pinterest | Twitter
Real Food for Gestational Diabetes
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Last week, Jen Zucconi, my business integrator, and I shared four of the most important things you can do to create a successful launch. There was so much to share that we’ve come back this week to explain four more crucial elements that have led to recent success for us.
Advance Planning is Essential
As the day of your launch approaches, you’ll have a lot on your plate. That’s why we urge you to get your sales page up and ready at least a few weeks in advance. You can always make tweaks to it as needed, but by having it ready to go live before it’s crunch time, you’ll be able to focus on much more timely matters.
With your sales page ready, you should do whatever you can to get in front of new audiences. With at least a month of lead time, you’ll find it’s a lot easier to sell to someone who has a number of contacts with you versus someone new.
You Can’t Have too Much Promotion
Next, let’s start working on promotion. I know that this can be awkward for some people. Many feel that they’re annoying people and promoting their launch more than they feel is necessary. But it’s important not to hold back because only a small part of your audience is going to see any given piece of marketing that you put out.
Learning From Your Launch and From the Experts
Once your launch is over, it’s time to take stock of it all. As soon as possible, do a debrief. Undoubtedly, you’ve just learned a lot about launching. Hopefully, you’ve taken notes. By intentionally examining the information you’ve gathered during your program, you’ll be prepared to make your next launch even more of a success.
All these lessons are things we have learned from James Wedmore’s Business By Design program. Neither my business nor Jen’s would be where they are without it. Longtime listeners to this podcast know how much I credit my success to James and his program. That’s why I highly recommend it to any entrepreneur thinking of launching a program. So check out James’ amazing online program and join before doors close on June 16!
What are you most concerned about when it comes to a launch? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Getting your sales page ready ahead of time [1:10]
- Spend time and money to get in front of new audiences well before the launch starts [4:40]
- Why you can’t promote your launch too much [9:05]
- The importance of a post-launch debrief [14:45]
- What you can get out of the Business By Design program [22:10]
Quotes
“Part of our three-month planning process involves getting some list-building activities going on at least a month before our launch actually kicks off.” [4:54]
“With the promotion side of things, it’s totally normal and expected to feel like you’re talking about your stuff too much. That should actually be your goal.” [12:06]
“Being able to learn from challenges and mistakes and what worked well is what’s going to allow your next launch to be more successful than the one prior.” [15:54]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I always knew it could be possible to make six figures in revenue with a launch. But it doesn’t happen on its own. I’ve learned a lot of lessons, both through my past shortfalls and my recent successes. Today, my team integrator Jen Zucconi and I are discussing some of the things we’ve learned through experience so that your next launch can be an astounding success.
Nailing Your Offer and Preparing for Your Launch
It may seem obvious, but the first thing you need to do to ensure your launch’s success is to nail your offer. This comes down to having a very clear problem that you’re solving for your clients. Without that, none of the other steps discussed here will work.
Once you know the offer, it’s time to prepare. Advance preparation will ensure a smooth launch where you’re not scrambling at the last minute. Of course, you don’t want to over-prepare by fixating on every possible detail. We discuss what the sweet spot is concerning preparation before your launch.
Next, it’s important to know your key metrics in advance. This is where some more research comes in. When you know the industry standards, what numbers you should be looking for, and how to track them, you’ll understand what success actually looks like and set reasonable expectations.
Get Clear on Your Messaging
Perhaps the hardest part of this whole process will be your messaging. It’s also one of the most crucial. The larger your space, the more sophisticated your messaging needs to be to catch people’s attention. Honing your messaging will likely take up most of your time as you prepare for your launch.
But that doesn’t mean you need to get it right from the start. Great messaging should be analyzed, tweaked, and changed throughout the whole process to make it successful.
What have you learned as you’ve prepared for a launch? If you’ve never had one before, what would make the process more exciting? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What it really means to nail your offer [4:20]
- How advanced preparation will lead to future success [11:50]
- Understanding which metrics matter and which don’t [20:50]
- Why your launch hinges on your messaging [27:35]
Quotes
“Clarity is something that has to be there for you to be able to sell it in a more effective way.” [11:15]
“Remember that your first launch will not be your last. It won’t be the same results as what’s to come. Everything is a learning process.” [18:59]
“The messaging piece takes the most mental work of the entire launch…. It can really end up making or breaking the success of a launch.” [31:07]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
It’s too easy for business owners to get caught up in trying to do everything perfectly. But perfectionism is not going to give us the best results and striving for it is not sustainable. Today’s guest explains how you can reframe how you run your business for the long haul by embracing moderation.
About Jill Coleman
Back in 2010, Jill Coleman started JillFit as a daily fitness and nutrition blog when she was a full-time personal trainer and group fitness instructor working 70+ hours a week.
Armed with an ACSM personal training certification and a Master's degree in Nutrition, Jill got home late from the gym and stayed up all night blogging. She also slowly took on 1:1 fat loss coaching clients. Fast forward 18 months and JillFit had grown to a 6-figure online fitness brand with 5 fat loss coaches and over 100 virtual clients!
After investing in her very first business coach in 2012, Jill quit all her in-person training and moved fully online. Followers and other professionals began asking how she was doing what she was doing, and as a result, Jill started sharing business tips, tools, and strategies. That same year she launched her first business mentorship, Best of You Business, and did her first 5-figure launch.
Since then, JillFit has grossed over $6 million in revenue. More importantly, it has helped thousands of health, fitness, and nutrition professionals start and grow their online businesses so they can quit their 9-to-5s and create the time freedom, autonomy, and fulfilling careers they’ve always dreamed of.
Just Get Started, Even if Imperfectly
Jill and I begin this episode by talking about what it was like when we started working in the online space a decade ago. We both agree that consistency was the key. It’s important to just get started without worrying about it going perfectly.
Often, things just take time before they’re any good. So start now by creating and experimenting. Just don’t get caught up in trying to keep up with others in your field. To stay in this for the long run, your business needs to work for your life. If you focus too much on your business, other essential parts of your life will likely suffer. Just like fitness, it’s all about moderation and balance.
Making Sustainable Decisions for the Long-Run
As a business owner, it’s important to remember the autonomy that you actually have. You get to make the decisions for your business. So stop comparing yourself to others. They have their own struggles and strengths and you have yours.
This means that you shouldn’t get too obsessed with individual details and decisions. As Jill explains, you’re best served when you realize that it is the cumulation of your efforts that make the biggest difference.
Ultimately, the key to longevity as an entrepreneur is realizing that you are doing it to build your ideal life. Comparing yourself to others and getting hyper-focused on certain metrics will derail you from your true goals. So remember what you’re doing it all for and how it fits into the life you want.
What can you get started on in your business right now, even if it’s imperfect? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Jill entered the online fitness space and how it has changed over time [7:00]
- Avoiding the trap of making comparisons in the name of perfectionism [18:45]
- Taking a measured approach to avoid burning out [29:00]
- Why success comes from a cumulation of efforts, rather than a single action [37:40]
- What moderation looks like for a recovering perfectionist [44:20]
Quotes
“I feel like you have to relax into the process and also realize that you’re probably not going to be good at it. That’s going to be hard for people who are historically good at stuff.” [17:19]
“It’s hard to be top-notch at everything, but I do think it’s possible to be pretty good at most things.” [32:12]
“It’s a mistake to look at every single action in your business through a granular lens. It’s cumulative. No one buys because one single post knocked their socks off; it’s a cumulation of everything.” [41:09]
“I’m confident in what I don’t have because I love what I have. When you have that level of discernment, that to me is what true confidence is. It’s being okay with what you don’t have.” [57:50]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Jill on Instagram | Facebook | Twitter | YouTube
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I don’t know about you, but I don’t want my entire life to revolve around my business. As time goes on, I’m more and more interested in having a better quality of life by creating a balance between the work I do and my other passions.
To tell you how to achieve this balance, I’m doing something different with this episode. I’m tag-teaming with my coach, James Wedmore, to share some amazing advice about how you can make more money while working less.
About James Wedmore
James Wedmore was born and raised in sunny Laguna Beach, CA and now resides and runs his business in the beautiful red rocks of Sedona, AZ. For the last 15 years, James has leveraged his expertise to help teach Digital CEOs how to build and scale their online businesses through courses and trainings like his signature program, Business By Design, other programs such as Sales Page By Design, and Nail Your Niche, as well as many other business-building trainings inside of James’ abundant course library.
Along with being notorious in the online space for his unrivaled online courses and content, James also facilitates Next Level, a strategic, group-coaching experience as well as his high-level Mastermind, The Performance Mastermind.
When James isn't working, he can be found hiking, flipping homes for Airbnb, or off-roading through the rocky terrain of Sedona. His motto is simple: Work hard, play harder!
Free Yourself From the Time-Money Paradigm
As this episode starts off, James describes the lessons he’s learned since starting his business. At the heart of making more while working less is freeing yourself from what he calls “the employee mindset” where we connect earnings with time spent working.
This comes down to thinking strategically about how you earn money. Central to this is the creation of leveraged offers. These are scalable offers that do not rely on the number of people who buy them from you. Online courses, memberships, and digital products can all be these types of offers.
Once your offer is in place, an automated system to get it in front of many people should be in place. If you don’t have a way for thousands of people to see it all at once, you don’t have a way to make it work for you without spending lots of time on it. Both the offer and the sales process must be leveraged and scalable.
Changing the Way You Think About Time and Money
In the second half of this episode, I join you to discuss my take on breaking the time-money connection and how I do it in my business. I think about doing this in two different ways. First, there’s looking at the actual structure in your business that either support or breaks this connection. This is where putting those scalable processes in place will help.
It also comes down to shifting your understanding that more hours at work equals more earnings. This is something I regularly work on. It’s an ongoing process for sure, but something that is essential for any successful entrepreneur.
What’s something that you’ve been putting off in your business that will help you make more and/or work less? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Freeing yourself from the employee-time paradigm [7:45]
- Being strategic by creating leveraged offers [16:00]
- Why you need premium pricing and lifetime customers [18:35]
- Addressing your limiting beliefs around the time-money connection [30:30]
- Combining premium pricing with leveraged offers as you grow your business [34:15]
- Freeing up your time through delegating tasks and responsibilities and repurposing content [39:35]
Quotes
“If you are an entrepreneur, you must once and for all shed the identity of the employee paradigm and step into the world of entrepreneurship.” [9:12]
“When your prices are higher for a leveraged and scalable product, you’re going to make more by working less.” [20:30]
“What I’ve found is when you are very intentional, what you will find is that when you do less, you end up making more.” [27:52]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow James on Facebook | Instagram | YouTube
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Breastfeeding isn’t just about feeding the baby. It’s about feeding the mother too. As the person producing the milk, the mother’s nutritional needs can’t be ignored. For any mother-to-be, there’s a lot that can be done well before the birth as well as afterward. Today’s guest explains how to get a headstart on your nutrition so that you can calmly and confidently feed your newborn.
About Janai Meyer, RD
Janai mentors women through their life’s journey from preconception, pregnancy, postpartum, perimenopause, and menopause. While her specialty is nutrition, birthing, and lactation, Janai’s work extends beyond the realm of motherhood, presenting emotionally healthy solutions to physical wellbeing in the face of diet fads and stigma-driven inaccuracies.
Janai holds 25 years of experience in the field of nutrition, lactation, parenting, and wellbeing. Offers a unique opportunity for parents in Alaska to receive personalized, trained guidance as they navigate childbirth, breastfeeding, pumping, return to work, chest(bottle)feeding, and growth and feeding needs from preconception into adulthood.
With her widely applauded and recognized services throughout Alaska, Janai has helped hundreds of women reconnect with their own bodies and wisdom bolstering wellness for adults and children alike. Her unbiased support, evidence-based knowledge, and trained understanding of medical options during pregnancy and birth, along with infant feeding, allows her to be the ultimate mentor for new parents’ need for trustworthy guidance.
Understanding Your Amazing Anatomy for Breastfeeding
In this episode, Janai describes the importance of appreciating what your anatomy is bringing to the breastfeeding relationship. From understanding the nature of your nipples to the stages of breastfeeding, knowing what to expect will help set you and your newborn up for success.
Being armed with this knowledge goes a long way to reducing anxiety and frustration once the baby arrives. It will also help you understand what your newborn is trying to tell you concerning their own hunger and stress levels so that you can respond appropriately.
Why Breastfeeding is Essential
Janai also shares the benefits of breastfeeding your baby. It provides essential enzymes and antibodies. In fact, the nutrition in your milk will change depending on the age and stage of development of your baby. Your baby is even communicating what they need through biofeedback with their saliva which will actually change the composition of the milk.
She also describes the different stages of breastfeeding. From changing milk composition to breasts feeling full or empty, it’s crucially helpful to know where you are in the process. Understanding all this will help normalize the experience as well as provide your newborn with the best nutrition you can give them.
How can you prepare yourself and your baby for breastfeeding now? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Janai got involved in pre and post-natal nutrition [4:40]
- Why many new mothers don’t meet their breastfeeding goals [6:40]
- How understanding your nipple type will better prepare you for breastfeeding [10:30]
- The benefits of breastfeeding, even when it is difficult [15:00]
- Understanding the different stages of lactation [25:00]
- What it means to let your baby take the lead with feeding [33:50]
- Understanding and responding to your baby’s stress levels [45:30]
- Tips for partners to support mothers and newborns throughout the breastfeeding period [52:40]
Quotes
“The baby brings half of the feeding relationship to the breastfeeding and we don’t know what that’s going to look like…. It’s so individual.” [9:33]
“How do newborns typically communicate hunger and fullness? We need to understand that because we need to honor that. It’s part of the trust relationship with your newborn.” [35:42]
“When your baby is sleeping, when they are beautifully still and quiet, the first time you hear a grunt or movement during deep sleep, that is actually early hunger signaling.” [41:33]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Janai on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Linkedin | YouTube
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Do you want to become the best and most heroic version of yourself possible? Of course, you do! Today, Michael Balchan explains how to achieve this by taking your goals and habits from theory to practice.
About Michael Balchan
Michael Balchan is the Co-Creator and a Founding Partner of Heroic, a social training platform built to change the world by helping you be the best, most Heroic version of yourself.
A Harvard Graduate who studied Psychology and Economics, Michael spent ten years in finance and then launched a private coaching practice working with corporate executives, elite athletes, and startup leadership teams. As President of Heroics’ sister company and personal development platform Optimize Coach, he helped launch and lead the program which serves more than 5,500 people from over 95 countries.
Michael regularly teaches personal growth, positive psychology, peak performance, habit creation, wellness, relationships, and leadership. Micheal has been interviewed about these topics on The Quarter-Life Comeback, Good Day DC, and more.
He is a top 10% Ironman finisher and lives in Chicago with his wife and two young daughters.
Change Starts With You
In this episode, Michael explains how change starts with one person at a time and the first person is you. Before you can lead others, you have to lead yourself. This begins by recognizing your emotional state, your physiological state, and understanding how you’re showing up.
Michael promises that, if we begin by taking personal responsibility, our impact will be that much more powerful. It will powerfully influence relationships, your business, and everyone connected to you.
For Heroes, It’s All About the Process
Michael wants us all to be heroes. In its truest sense, a hero is a protector motivated by love. When you’re willing to express the best version of yourself and use that in service, you are heroic.
Yet, we often find something standing in the way of taking the actions we want to take. Michael wants you to remember that this doesn’t mean that something is wrong with you. Rather, you may just not be designing your environment properly. With that in mind, he describes some small steps you can take right away to build an environment designed to help you succeed.
Making changes and growing will be uncomfortable. That’s how you know it’s working. But by not letting discomfort get you off track, you can continue making gains.
Michael takes this a step further by designing systems that make it feel good to do what is actually good for us. This centers around celebrating every accomplishment no matter how trivial it may seem.
What small win can you celebrate today! Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What happens when you take a long view of your journey to success [3:25]
- Why making change starts by recognizing your own personal situation [8:10]
- What it actually means to be a hero [19:20]
- What stands between people and taking the actions they want to [21:30]
- The power of celebrating all successes, no matter how small [26:00]
- Why your process is more important than your goals [36:30]
- Getting clear on what it is you really want in order to create true satisfaction [48:00]
Quotes
“To see the long arc and to recognize that, if I want to be successful at this it won’t take a month or a year. It’s going to take three, four, five, ten, twenty years -- a long time.” [6:27]
“As a business owner, your greatest asset is you; it’s your consciousness.” [8:31]
“We have to measure ourselves by our process, by the degree we show up to doing the things we say we’re going to do, instead of the outcome.” [38:19]
“We get better when we realize that failures are opportunities to learn.” [56:58]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get Access to the 100 Leads free training!
Follow Michael on Linkedin | Instagram | Twitter
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
There’s an art to effective leadership. However, we’re seldom taught how to do it. As entrepreneurs, we all want to become better leaders. Whether you have a team or want to have one, it’s crucial that you put important leadership methods in place as soon as possible. Today, career coach Emily Hawkins explains how.
About Emily Hawkins
Emily Hawkins empowers the unemployed, unfulfilled, and unrecognized to find what they love in their life and put it in their work. Her online courses and individual career coaching will help identify the barriers that are preventing you from knowing and achieving your purpose.
With over 15 years in corporate America working with budgets, processes, and people Emily can help you streamline your time, team, and career aspirations to land a new role, a promotion, or a completely new venture. Armed with a Georgia Tech MBA and a Robbins-Madanes (yes, Tony Robbins!) life coaching certification, Emily has been uncovering the potential in people for years.
As a career coach and corporate leader, she has seen the most common mistakes people make over and over - many she learned through her own failures. Emily ended that vicious cycle when she took charge of her life.
Finding Success from Past Failures
In this episode, Emily explains how her first-hand experiences of failure taught her how to build a successful team. She describes the importance of diversity in her workforce and the best way to onboard and gives praise.
This involved an initial amount of discomfort. It’s hard to face your mistakes and consciously learn from them. Yet, by recognizing where your business needs improvement, you can see where you need to fill the gaps by creating a robust team.
Good Leadership Starts with You
Although team building involves working with others, it also requires a lot of working on yourself. Emily talks about how good leaders listen more than they speak. She explains the importance of integrity, trust-building, and following through on promises.
Running your team with integrity means treating its members as you would want them to treat you. Model the behavior you want to see. This demonstrates respect, which is a huge motivator when it comes to working together with others.
Communicating with Your Team in a Meaningful Way
Of course, no team will function well without proper communication. Emily fosters this by regularly asking seven seemingly simple yet essential questions. This includes “What’s on your mind?”, and “What else is on your mind?” Even just asking “How can I help?” will lead to richer and more authentic interactions.
When you really get to know your team members through asking questions and listening to their responses, you’ll learn so much about them. You’ll discover their values, what motivates them, where they’re confident, and where they need support. This helps you build a team that feels seen and cared for.
What does good leadership mean to you? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How making mistakes made Emily an expert in team-building [4:15]
- What integrity really means for leaders [17:05]
- Improving communication and connection with 7 essential questions [28:15]
- Learning to relinquish control and let your team members take the lead [43:20]
Quotes
“I thought that I wanted to work with people like me. But I’m already on the team. I don’t need another me. I need somebody who’s very opposite of me so that all of our gaps are filled.” [10:15]
“Words are kind of empty. You can say a lot, but your actions speak louder than your words.” [21:26]
“There’s no point in talking about what we’re going to do in three weeks when what we’re doing this week matters the most. But if they know what I’m working on and I know what they’re working on, then we’re all on the same page.” [52:25]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get Access to the 100 Leads free training!
Join the Waitlist for LeaderSHIFT
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
There’s nothing wrong with wanting to improve your body in some way. However, it’s also important that we recognize our bodies for the amazing things that they are. Today’s guest is a trainer who helps women get stronger both through physical training and by focusing on mindset.
About Ashley Lambert
Ashley Lambert has been in the health and wellness industry for over 10 years and is the founder and CEO of APL Wellness. Going into college she always knew she wanted to help people and create her own business but was unclear on what that would be.
While studying Biology, Ashley took a nutrition class and learned how food is one of our first lines of defense against disease. It became clear to her that many illnesses can be prevented with self-serving healthy habits and she knew spreading that message was part of her calling.
Following college, Ashley worked as a Personal Trainer with all types of people from all different walks of life. She gained knowledge and experience helping people reach a wide variety of wellness goals but really had a desire to focus on women and help them navigate through all the information available to them to decipher what was best for their unique bodies and goals.
APL Wellness was created because Ashley is passionate about helping women reshape their bodies. She empowers them to nourish themselves physically, mentally, and spiritually so they can build muscle, improve endurance and enhance self-esteem.
Training Beyond the Weights
In this episode, Ashley talks about how she helps her clients train in order to meet their various goals. She explains why lifting weights alone won’t fundamentally change your body type. In fact, she regularly reassures her clients that weight training won’t necessarily make them bulkier.
Truth be told, a lot of what Ashley does involves re-educating women about what training really is all about. Many come to her with misconceptions that have been standing in their way. Once her clients are informed, they’re ready to take the right action.
An Evolving Approach to Training
Ashley describes how many clients first come to her focused solely on their weight. Over time, she helps them shift to looking at other relevant aspects of their lives like stress levels, self-confidence, and the other parts of physical strength.
To do this, Ashley helps her clients recognize and celebrate every accomplishment, no matter how trivial they might seem. When we can track our progress with small wins, we will notice the greater improvement that we are all capable of.
How does your mindset influence your training? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What led Ashley to the health and wellness industry [4:40]
- What it means to work regularly with clients as a trainer [10:55]
- Why weight training won’t necessarily make you bulky [16:30]
- Addressing body image issues that stand in the way of improvement [21:15]
- Why a scale doesn’t provide a complete picture [30:00]
- How group programs provide extra benefits for some people [38:30]
Quotes
“You have to eat a certain way to gain that kind of muscle. You have to work out a certain way. If that’s not your goal, I’m not going to train you that way. There is this misconception that lifting heavy weights will make you bulky.” [17:58]
“There’s women who lift and there’s no one body type that comes from lifting weights. Everyone responds differently.” [20:45]
“It’s so important to celebrate the little things because those will add up to big things in the end.” [31:21]
“Just appreciate the journey that you’ve been on because where you’ve been is only going to help you get where you want to go.” [48:51]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Find Ashley on Instagram
Tenacity 8-Week Group Coaching Program
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Too often we’re told it’s not possible to achieve what we know in our hearts we are capable of. Today’s guest has a passion for proving the naysayers wrong. In this episode, you’ll hear how to attain an “unbreakable” body through important mindset shifts.
About Kate Galliett
Kate Galliett is the all-around powerhouse behind Fit For Real Life and The Unbreakable Body. Her main motivation in life is to help people build their bodies to be strong, capable, and Unbreakable so they can live life as fully, deeply, and energetically as possible.
Kate earned a B.S. in Exercise Science from Valparaiso University and went on to study a variety of certifications and training, all of which helped her curate the holistic approach she takes to body care today. In addition to her work with clients in-person and on her websites, she’s coached at Nerd Fitness Adult Summer Camp and has been featured in Experience Life Magazine, Livestrong.com, and a variety of other publications. She lives in the great state of Utah where she can put her Unbreakable body to use for adventures in the mountains.
What Happens When Intentions Meet Action
Throughout this conversation, Kate explains why it’s never too late to attain your best health. When you combine the belief in what’s possible with the discipline of taking action, limits will begin to disappear. It’ll take work, but when action follows intention, results happen.
It’s a long journey between deciding that something better is possible for you and accomplishing it. It will take hard work. Kate explains how to shift your mindset to be less rigid and open to growth. With her “Explorer’s Mindset”, you’ll change how you view your body and become the expert in what your body needs.
You Are The Only Expert on You
More than anything, Kate wants us to trust our inner wisdom. You are unique. So is your body. Other people can certainly provide advice, but you are the only true expert on your body. Trusting yourself isn’t necessarily easy. The irony is we often need to be taught how.
Kate wants you to question any accepted wisdom about health. It may be true, but if you don’t examine it for yourself, you won’t really understand what’s best for you.
What is one way that you are the expert on your own body? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What led Kate to help other people become their fittest selves [4:00]
- How belief and action work in tandem to help you reach your goals [8:00]
- Honing an explorer’s mindset to better understand your body’s needs [15:00]
- Why you are the only expert of yourself [21:00]
- Overcoming your initial resistance to changes and new practices [33:30]
Quotes
“There’s always going to be somebody telling you it’s too late, you’re too old, it’s too hard for you. I’m here saying it’s not; here are all the things you need to do to change that path for yourself.” [8:23]
“Question everything…. If you don’t ever examine it, how will you ever know.” [25:25]
“The point of a teacher or expert is not to make you dependant on them. The point should be to help you become wiser so that you can carry on on your own with new critical thinking skills and wisdom.” [30:41]
“Those little things matter. Let’s go all-in on each little thing, not halfway in on the big thing.” [43:52]
“The notion of ‘too old’ is a myth. Act appropriately.” [45:41]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Kate on Twitter | Facebook | YouTube
Becoming Unbreakable by Kate Galiett
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
What’s getting in the way of starting your own nutrition business? Is it fear of putting yourself out there? Is it a lack of time? Today’s guest felt this way but she didn’t let that stop her. If you’re in need of some inspiration to start your dream business, you need to listen to today’s guest’s story.
About Catherine Johnston, RD
Catherine Johnston is a registered dietitian, certified personal trainer, and virtual nutrition coach.
She helps adults with gut discomfort from IBS or IBD create a personalized, whole person-focused wellness plan to feel their best and create the life they want.
Catherine grew up in the upstate of South Carolina enjoying fresh peach ice cream, garden-grown green beans, homemade dill pickles, and wild blackberries. She still lives there with her family of four and two pups. As a full-time working mom, Catherine understands the challenge of balancing responsibilities while still prioritizing her own health and wellness.
Sidestepping Fear to Start Your Business
Throughout this episode, Catherine speaks about what changed for her and her business after having twins. One thing was that she learned to overcome certain fears. Initially, Catherine was nervous about posting publicly about her business. Pretty soon, though, she realized that being afraid of what others think of you is wasted energy.
When you find yourself afraid to begin something new, Catherine wants you to think about the skills and knowledge you already have. You’ll realize you are capable. Also, take a look at other people who are doing what you want to do. If they can do it, so can you.
The Importance of Niching Down
One of the hardest parts when starting out is choosing a niche. We often want to offer everything to everyone. Yet, niching down will actually help your business more than being a generalist.
Catherine explains that she found all sorts of benefits once she focused on her niche. When she did so, Catherine felt more empowered than before to grow her business. It gave her permission to say no to the wrong clients, something that gave her a necessary boost of confidence.
Remember, it’s impossible to be an expert on everything. If you’re constantly working with clients where you don’t know enough to help them, your confidence and theirs will suffer. Narrowing your focus will present you as an expert and let you work within your strengths.
Furthermore, since you won’t be spending all your time trying to become an expert in everything, you’ll leave yourself with more energy to take care of other responsibilities.
What fears are holding you back from starting your business? How are you going to work past these? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What led Catherine to become a nutrition entrepreneur [4:10]
- Why difficulties and fears are an individual matter of perspective [14:20]
- How to overcome your doubts and begin to take action [19:55]
- The benefits that come from choosing a niche [25:00]
- The difference between choosing to not share something and just being too nervous [36:30]
- How and why to confidently share an unpopular opinion [41:00]
- Advice for overcoming what’s standing between you and starting your business [53:50]
Quotes
“I still want to work. I love being an RD. I love helping people, but I don’t want to fail to care for my other responsibilities that I've brought into this world now.” [9:22]
“All these other dietitians are awesome and doing great. But why can’t you have a little piece of that pie?” [21:50]
“In our culture, we’re very polarized. There needs to be just some hearing of other opinions and some open-mindedness involved.” [45:08]
“Give yourself permission to not to be like everyone else and to follow a cookie-cutter plan…. Go at your pace and do what’s best for you.” [55:21]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Catherine on Instagram
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I’m willing to bet that at some point you’ve felt too exhausted to follow through on your goals. Right now, as I deal with being pregnant, I know this feeling all too well. But just because you have a lot going on that’s preventing you from showing up the way you want to, doesn’t mean that there’s nothing to be done about it. Today, I’m sharing what you can do when you find yourself stuck in one of these energetic ruts.
Showing Up When You Just Don’t Have the Energy
I certainly don’t have the same energy I did before this pregnancy. I imagine that this won’t end after the baby comes. Whether it’s pregnancy or something else, you’ve likely felt something like this. As an entrepreneur, I have to keep showing up for my business and life no matter how I feel. I have four different things, or Ds, to share that can help when you’re feeling tired or exhausted.
Deleting or Delegating What You Don’t Need to Do
The first thing to do is delete. By this I mean remove from your life those things that don’t need to be done. A lot of the things that overwhelm us are the things we choose to do. Many times, these are things are unnecessary. So think about your priorities and where you can really put your energy. If something takes your energy but doesn’t feel like an actual priority, then delete it from your to-do list.
Sometimes there are things you would like to delete that still have to be done. This is where delegation comes in. Whether it’s chores around the house or a task within your business that doesn’t need your oversight, delegating it to someone else can help you focus your limited energy where it’s truly needed the most.
Make a Decision and Drop Your Resistance
The next thing is deciding what is most crucial to be done. I find that making decisions like this can be extremely tough. Often, we waste a ton of time and energy just trying to make up our minds about how to do something. Instead, just making a plan and sticking to it is the way to actually make meaningful progress. In the end, we are more productive when our energy is focused on just a few things, or maybe even one thing.
Finally, learn to drop the resistance you feel to circumstances beyond your control. I know we often want to do it all, but that’s a recipe for frustration. Resistance is usually mental and it shows up as wanting the current reality to be different. Yet, when we accept what can’t be changed and drop that resistance, the frustration and sadness at how we feel will disappear, freeing up more energy.
What has helped you get through challenging times? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Dealing with the uncertainties that come with a season of exhaustion [5:30]
- The difference between exhaustion and burnout [10:30]
- Deleting what you can remove from life that doesn’t need to be done [14:15]
- Delegating to free up your time and energy [23:10]
- Deciding what is the most important thing for you to do [34:00
- Dropping the resistance to what’s outside your control [44:30]
Quotes
“Sometimes we’re in seasons that we don’t have an end date for. Honestly, more often than not, we don’t have an end date for it.” [6:30]
“Take the things out of your schedule and your life, at least temporarily, that don’t have to be done to really conserve your energy for the things that do.” [23:00]
“If you’re not in a season like I’m in right now, you're probably going to be in one at some point. You don’t want to wait until you’re exhausted and don’t have the energy to do what needs to be done to then start hiring a team.” [29:37]
“The more that we can just accept our circumstances the way that they are, the less energy we’re going to waste trying to fight them.” [52:49]
“If you can run your business when your energy is depleted, just imagine the kind of success you can have when your energy comes back to a higher level.” [58:45]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
The One Thing by Gary Keller and Jay Papasan
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 108: 7 Questions to Ask Yourself if You’re Experiencing Burnout
If you’re not getting your period, it’s easy to think that it’s not a big problem. However, a missing period is likely a sign that you’re doing things that are not serving you and potentially keeping you from living the life you want. This is particularly the case with hypothalamic amenorrhea (HA). Today’s guest shares her perspective on why this is the case for many women and what they can do about it.
Whether or not you have HA, if you’re a woman with goals and the way you eat and exercise impacts those, this episode is a must-listen!
About Dani Sheriff
Dani Sheriff is a period recovery coach for women with hypothalamic amenorrhea, a Fertility Awareness Certified Practitioner, and is studying to be a Functional Nutrition Counselor.
She’s the host of The Hypothalamic Amenorrhea Podcast and the creator of The HA Society, a community for women who want to get their period back and then optimize it.
Her mission is to free up mental space for those stuck in the diet-hard mindset so that they can do their life's greatest work.
Dani is Australian-born but lives in Austin Texas with her husband Jake, baby girl Zara, and German Shepherd Jasmine.
What Can Interrupt Your Cycle and Why it Matters
Although you can survive without a menstrual cycle, it is still very important for your health. Dani explains how your cycle can be interrupted by HA, especially given stress from societal pressures. The ironic truth is that, by working out and dieting too hard to fit a certain image, you can be doing real harm to your health.
Dani describes that, while training as an athlete, this began affecting her. Although she was told by some health experts that this was not a big deal, she began to see just how it was impacting her wellbeing. That’s when Dani decided to learn more about HA and devote herself to helping women like her overcome it.
The Importance of a Well-Integrated Life
Dani goes on to talk about how not striving for “perfection” can actually help you achieve your goals in the end. By trying to make the perfect meal or hit every workout goal, you’re missing the point. Instead, simply using what you know about health and nutrition to best serve your needs at the moment will lead to more sustainable results without added stress.
When there’s only so much stress that we can handle, it’s crucial not to put more on your plate than necessary. If you focus too much on what doesn’t really matter, you’ll overload yourself and your health will suffer. By focusing on what’s best for your mental health as well as your physical welfare, your overall wellbeing will surely improve.
Would you describe yourself as a perfectionist? How has that impacted your health? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What hypothalamic amenorrhea is and how it affects women [6:10]
- How Dani found her passion in helping people with hypothalamic amenorrhea [10:00]
- Why it matters when your period is missing [17:55]
- Why over-exercise and diet can lead to health issues [21:20]
- The benefits of a well-balanced and integrated life [34:50]
- How Dani helps women get their periods back through connection and validation [45:45]
Quotes
“It’s not that we don’t need our menstrual cycle to survive, but we do need it to thrive. They are different things.” [8:28]
“There are opportunities waiting that women are not taking up because they’re too focused on eating as little as possible and getting as many workouts as they possibly can… It’s a rabbit hole we go down and they’re not looking up from it and asking where else they can add value to the world.” [20:58]
“Health and wellness was never meant to be the goal of our life. It was meant to be something that allows us to pursue the goals of our life.” [23:32]
“You are one hundred percent capable of living so much bigger than you are right now and playing so much of a bigger game. What is it in your life that’s stealing your focus?” [55:07]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Dani on Instagram | Facebook
The Hypothalamic Amenorrhea Podcast
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
About Bob Gassman, RDN
Bob Gassman is a Registered Dietitian/Nutritionist, minister, and author. He integrates his diverse background with a passion to connect people directly to God. Bob also is the Founder and President of The God Place, Inc., a non-profit ministry. Bob and his wife Kim have been married for more than 40 years and live in Tucson, Arizona.
The Link Between Nutrition and Faith
In this episode, Bob and I discuss how nutrition and spirituality go hand in hand when approaching how we recover from stress. When people focus exclusively on their diet, they leave out an important element.
Faith provides a source of guidance outside of ourselves. With it, we can make progress without needing to have all the answers. We just need to remain confident that God will guide us to where we need to be on our journeys to health and wellbeing. So when you feel stress, Bob wants you to see it as a signal to look for answers with God.
Using God’s Foods to Build Resistance to Stress
Bob explains how using whole foods, that were designed by God to fuel the body, to make it more resistant to stress. Understanding how this food is God’s gift gives us an appreciation for just how involved in our lives He is. Bob has seen how acknowledging this will better allow us to recognize the connection between faith and health.
We agree that, overall, the best steps to take involve self-reflection. If people can examine their lives with God’s guidance and without shame, they can start making healthy and spiritually informed choices. When this is done without guilt and negativity, it becomes very empowering.
Where do you see your faith and health intersect? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Bob became both a dietitian and a minister focusing on stress [4:20]
- What stress means in a biblical sense [13:30]
- How God connects with us through the food we eat [17:55]
- Why we compartmentalize the different aspects of spirituality and health [27:10]
- Connecting your faith with a desire for healthy living [39:00]
Quotes
“I think that the spirit of God is the nutritionist within the believer.” [10:30]
“Stress is an alarm, a signal, to run to God.” [15:51]
“Eating the foods that God provided is a form of worship.” [40:44]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Bob on Facebook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
About Julie Sawaya
Julie Sawaya is a co-founder of Needed along with Ryan Woodbury, a perinatal nutrition company focused on optimal nourishment before, during, and after pregnancy. As fellow nutrition nerds and mamas-to-be, they were shocked to realize that they were super deficient in key prenatal nutrients. They dug into the research and realized they were far from alone.
Most prenatal vitamins are designed to meet the bare minimum needs, leaving mama deficient after giving so much to grow a healthy baby. So, Julia and Ryan started Needed to meet their needs and that of every woman before, during, and after pregnancy.
Locating Quality Prenatal Supplements
Julie describes how she vets the many ingredients for her supplements. It has taken years of research and partnership with perinatal nutritionists. This has often meant going beyond existing research and guidelines to create a unique product.
Julie recommends looking for supplements that have nutrient forms that your body can best utilize. That often means ones with the most active form of the ingredient. To find these, Julie looks for forms of nutrients as they exist in nature to support the mechanisms by which the body processes them. If you find these in the dosages that best support your needs (which are pretty high for prenatal women), you’ll know you have a good supplement.
Taking Care of Yourself to Support Your Pregnancy
Beyond supplementation, Julie sees her mission as empowering women with information. There’s a lot on your mind as you prepare for and go through pregnancy. The more you know, the better you’ll be able to contend with all that’s going on in your and your baby’s body.
She also stresses the importance of self-care. Ultimately, prenatal vitamins are for your health as much as they are for the baby. That’s why taking vitamins, even before conception, will help ensure that you start out with the nutrient reserves you’ll both need from the beginning.
Even after the pregnancy, you’ll want to keep taking those nutrients. Julie explains why continuing supplementation for a while after the baby is born will help rebuild much-needed stores of nutrients.
How has nutrition played a role in your pregnancy journey? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What led Julie to form a prenatal supplement brand [5:00]
- How Julie determines the best formulations for her supplements [10:20]
- What to look for when searching for the best prenatal supplement for you [15:10]
- The important distinction between folic acid and methyl folate [22:15]
- Education and self-care as empowerment for expecting mothers [28:00]
- The importance of taking prenatals after pregnancy [32:15]
- How supplements for men can help support conception [43:30]
Quotes
“It really doesn’t matter if you’re eating as balanced as you can; it’s just a function of our modern food system that food alone is not cutting it and that prenatal vitamins are designed to fill in the minimum gaps, not to set women up for optimal health.” [7:58]
“Looking to nature, as well as to science, as well as to in-practice experience, is really important.” [25:35]
“What you do during pregnancy doesn’t have to be your new normal but, it can be something to focus on.” [39:40]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Free guide on 75 of the leading prenatals
Book your FREE 15-minute consultation
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 123: Why Your Healthy Diet May Not Help You Get Pregnant with Anna Bohnengel, RD
What We Really Mean When We Say We’re Overwhelmed
It’s important to really understand what we’re saying when we say that we’re overwhelmed. When you boil it down, we’re saying that we feel we can’t achieve our goals given the time we have. But the things that we believe we need to do are often the things we’ve chosen.
I’ve found from addressing my own overwhelming situations that this simple switch in thinking goes a long way. I accept that there might be aspects of a task I won’t get done. Recognizing that I don’t have total control over everything is freeing. Anything that I accomplish is a win when I’m working towards the goals that I have chosen to set for myself.
Shifts to Make When You’re Overwhelmed
When you are starting to feel a sense of overwhelm, I want you to do the following. Start by asking yourself what you can still be proud of even if you don’t reach all your goals. This will help you relax some of your expectations and accept that whatever you do, it will still be enough.
Furthermore, don’t fall into the trap of setting unnecessary deadlines. Assess when tasks actually need to get done so you’re not creating unneeded pressure.
Comparisons also lead to overwhelm. Everyone’s progress is different. You’re not falling behind just because someone is ahead of you.
These mindset shifts center on not getting too far ahead of yourself. Focus on the task at hand. Take a step forward and see what happens. You can, and should, always reassess as you go, but you don’t need a complete picture from the start. This avoids the trap of trying to figure it all out before you’re ready to begin.
How can you reframe your feelings about an overwhelming situation you’re in? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Shifting your mindset to recognize your accomplishments in an overwhelming situation [5:50]
- Questions to ask yourself when you feel overwhelmed [12:00]
- Integrity as the key to balancing the different pressures in your life [19:45]
Quotes
“When we say that we feel overwhelmed, what we’re really saying is that we don’t believe we can do what we need to do in the time that we have.” [6:34]
“If you’re feeling overwhelmed, ask yourself what exactly you are overwhelmed about. You could actually be creating overwhelm that doesn’t need to be there.” [13:32]
“You didn’t get into entrepreneurship to be told what to do. You go into it for freedom, to be creative, to do the work you want to do. You have to learn to make your own decisions to do that successfully.” [19:28]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get on the Nutrition Accelerator Program Waitlist!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
About Ashley Lilburn
When Ashley’s daughter was young, she was chronically ill. By age five she was becoming antibiotic-resistant. Ashley was scared, tired, and felt like she had tried everything the doctors asked of her. She began a deep dive into what she could do to help her daughter.
After researching, she made some pretty serious dietary changes for her family. Her daughter has not needed medical intervention for illness since. That was three years ago. Ashley was totally mesmerized. Can things we have control over really have THAT big of an impact on our health?! Yes, yes they can!
Ashley wanted to share with others, so she enrolled in graduate school at UNTHSC and received a Master’s in Lifestyle Health Sciences. (She has a Bachelor's in Psychology from TCU.)
Now, she gets to help individuals create and execute strategies to meet their health and wellness goals! She LOVES what she does; her clients, and witnessing people’s journey to better health. It’s one of the great joys of her life.
The Many Health Implications of Stress
Throughout this chat, Ashley explains just what stress is and how it impacts your health. Everyone experiences stress differently, but there will almost always be physiological impacts. This shows up as a wide range of illnesses.
Furthermore, people have also been experiencing stress differently since it has been so chronic over the past two years. When stress is unrelenting, its effects on the body can be profound.
When someone’s levels of stress spillover, there will be physical impacts. Ashley describes how she’s seen this show up in numerous ways, such as food allergies, skin sensitivities, mast cell activation, and even heart issues.
Reclaiming Your Health by Addressing Overwhelm
Ashely feels that the key to rebuilding resilience relies on understanding the connectedness of all your systems. Long-lasting healing won’t occur if you are treating the body but ignoring the brain and emotions.
In addition to medicine and supplements when needed, Ashley wants us to make needed lifestyle changes. Often, by creating new patterns in our minds so our bodies can learn to downregulate. Then, you’ll be better able to manage stressors and their effects when they occur.
A key part of this is realizing that you have choices about how you prioritize your time. We often get trapped into thinking that we’re too busy for basic self-care. Ashley wants us to, without judgment, reprioritize our wellbeing for long-lasting health.
Have you noticed new forms of stress impacting your health these past couple of years? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What inspired Ashely to help others on their health journeys [4:00]
- What stress actually is when it impacts your health [8:30]
- How the pandemic has impacted everyone’s stress levels [11:15]
- The physical ramifications of chronic stress [21:15]
- Making choices in order to regain control of your time ad reduce overwhelm [30:10]
- Why mindfulness is at the foundation of stress-management [41:45]
Quotes
“If you add the base-layer of constant stress and constant fear to a whole population, the baseline of stress just on a physiological level from cortisol changes. That shows up presenting in all kinds of physical illnesses.” [10:20]
“What we want to be seeing is stress-resilience. We’re all going to experience stress. It’s that when we experience stress and we can’t come back to a homeostasis point, that’s how you know there’s an imbalance.” [22:20]
“We start with mindfulness because, without awareness, there’s no change.” [41:58]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Ashley on Instagram
Book a Virtual Acute Health Consultation with Ashley
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I’ve been thinking a lot about fertility in the past few years. Now that I’m pregnant, it’s even more on my mind. There was a lot I did in advance to help my body prepare for this experience. Diet is a large part of this. Yet, as my guest explains in this episode, there’s a lot more involved than just what you eat.
About Anna Bohnengel, RD
After earning her MS in Nutrition Science & Policy at Tufts University, Anna trained in clinical research and medical nutrition therapy at the National Institutes of Health Clinical Center. She kissed the east coast goodbye and moved to Portland, Oregon to accept a position at OHSU to develop and manage wellness programs for researchers, healthcare providers, and educators of the academic medical center.
Anna’s passion for prenatal health was born with the opportunity to develop a curriculum for the Pregnancy Exercise and Nutrition program.
In 2015 she started her first private practice, helping women to feel their best through good food. Since then, Anna has taken the dive even deeper into women's functional medicine, and what it takes to be a healthy mom growing a healthy family.
The preconception period is a uniquely powerful time when women have the most influence over health and wellbeing for generations to come. So, this is where Anna focuses on helping women achieve optimal health now, as a prerequisite to a healthy pregnancy, a manageable postpartum, and having the energy to enjoy motherhood.
Anna’s life work is teaching women how to nourish themselves to truly feel good - so they can grow the family of their dreams with energy, confidence, and joy.
Getting What Your Body Needs Without Losing Your Head
I know a lot of women who consider themselves to be healthy eaters. Yet, they struggle to get pregnant. Anna explains that this is due to several factors. One is that many women simply aren’t eating enough. In order to create a whole new person, your body needs to know that it has enough nutrients for the job.
However, Anna emphasizes that you shouldn’t stress yourself out over being perfect about what and how much you eat. Struggling to get pregnant is stressful. Don’t add another stressor by obsessing over getting the perfect diet. Anna describes finding a sweet spot between getting the right nutrients without psyching yourself out.
When to Start Preparing Your Body for Pregnancy
There’s also a large role that prenatal supplements can play. Anna says that, ideally, women would start preparing for pregnancy a full year in advance. Six months is pretty good too, but it should really be no less than ninety days.
It takes your body some time to get your GI health to the place where it can absorb the right nutrients and get your nutrient needs stabilized. A full year gives you enough time to fix any deficiencies long before the egg is forming. It also gives you time to balance macronutrients and evaluate your partner’s fertility.
What you shouldn’t do is to accept a diagnosis of infertility as final. There is so much you can do to increase your chances and it’s never too early to start.
What early steps can you take to prepare for pregnancy? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Anna became a nutritionist specializing in fertility [5:00]
- Steps you can take well in advance to prepare for pregnancy [8:00]
- Why simply getting enough food is essential to fertility [14:50]
- Considerations for using supplementation to support fertility [21:00]
- How early you should be starting a prenatal diet [37:40]
- Why second pregnancies can be harder to conceive [41:35]
- First steps to take to improve fertility [44:00]
Quotes
“If you can treat your body really well in the pre-conception period, that has multi-generational benefits.” [7:05]
“I don’t think that nutrition fixes all fertility issues. But the research is very clear that nutrition can have a huge impact.” [15:17]
“Just because you’re not pregnant one month doesn’t mean that you’re not ever going to get pregnant in subsequent months. ‘Infertility’ makes it sound like it’s a life-long diagnosis which it isn’t. There’s so much you can do to improve fertility.” [43:38]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Find Anna Bohnengel, RD online
Follow Anna on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | YouTube
Real Food For Pregnancy by Lily Nichols
Perfect Health Diet by Paul Jaminet and Shou-Ching Jaminet
Seeking Health Prenatal Vitamin Powder
FullWell Prenatal Multivitamin
The Fifth Vital Sign by Lisa Hendrickson-Jack
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 46: All About Fertility Awareness with Lisa Hendrickson-Jack
What comes to mind when you hear the word sales? Is it fear, sleaze, anxiety, or something else negative? So many nutritionists and dietitians struggle with selling confidently. I know I used to. This episode is meant to help you make selling easier and maybe even something that you enjoy.
The Importance of Selling as a Nutritionist
They certainly don’t teach sales in nutrition school. In fact, many nutritionists never have to sell anything because they work at a place where clients are provided for them. Or if they take insurance, there isn’t much to sell either.
However, if you’re running a cash business, you need to get comfortable with selling. Several things will go wrong otherwise. You can energetically repel customers, you’ll be awkward on discovery calls, and you won’t make the sales your business needs.
If selling feels icky to you, remember that you are selling people a service that they already want.
Creating an Authentic Selling Experience
The first step to an authentic sales process involves connecting with your potential client. This will look different for everyone. Yet, the goal is always to build the “like, know, trust factor”. There’s a lot of vulnerability that goes into getting on a sales call as a customer. That’s why it’s your job as a professional to build connections and trust.
After the initial rapport is built, you’ll get into the listen and learn phase. It’s important that you determine if you really are the right person for your client. You don’t want to waste each other’s time. Your goal is to figure out the client’s main problem right now and assess how serious they are about solving it.
You can next move on to talking about the transformative nature of your services. By this point, you’re clear on what your client wants to achieve. While there are no guarantees, you should explain how you’re going to get them from their current problem to the solution they’re seeking.
Getting Clarity and Closing the Sale
Once you get through the first three steps, you get to decide if this person is the right client for you. You’ll need a specific offer to share. At this point, you should have enough information to decide which of your offers to share given their specific problem.
You’re now ready to close the sale. They may have questions or even objections. If you’ve prepared, you have already anticipated these. This is the time to answer questions in a way to dismantle objections and the client won’t feel any more resistance.
What problem do you have to solve for your customers? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Why sales are important [3:00]
- Why selling people what they already want creates an authentic experience [8:15]
- Getting to know if a client is right for you [19:10]
- Talking about the transformative nature of what you do [23:45]
- How to decide what to offer a potential client [26:00]
- Closing the sale by addressing objections [29:00]
- Knowing the specific problem you solve [34:30]
Quotes
“If you’re going to be taking cash, you absolutely have to get comfortable and confident with selling in order for your business to be successful. You literally cannot have a successful business if you do not learn to sell your services.” [4:40]
“You have to be selling something that your ideal client already wants. This is exactly why authentic selling is not icky. It’s not gross. It’s not scammy. It’s a service.” [8:45]
“We’re not trying to put words in our potential client’s mouth. We’re not making them feel a way that they’re not already feeling. We’re using effective questions to elicit this during a sales call.” [25:36]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Apply to the Nutrition Business Accelerator
Get the Profit Planning Workbook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Most new mothers know the struggles of losing weight after giving birth. Your body has changed and navigating the postpartum period has its many challenges. But regaining a healthy balance in your body is not something you need to just give up on. Today’s guest is here to explain how to do it in a healthy and sustainable way.
About Rebekah Matznick, RD
Rebekah has always had a passion for nutrition and fitness. Growing up she knew she wanted to be a nutritionist and work in the health industry. After graduating from Purdue University, Rebekah became a Certified Personal Trainer with the American College of Sports Medicine. She then completed her Dietetic Internship and Master’s degree in Nutrition at North Carolina Central University in Durham, NC.
She became a Registered Dietitian and first worked as a Public Health Nutritionist at the Guilford County WIC Program in North Carolina. Rebekah absolutely loved and enjoyed getting to work with women, infants, and children on a daily basis. She then worked as a Health and Wellness Coordinator at a company doing employee wellness, which she loved as well!
Rebekah helps moms of infants and toddlers nourish their bodies so they can reach their body composition goals, feel confident in their own skin, and have more energy as a mom… all without having to sacrifice their precious time and energy.
Your Body Has Changed and That’s Okay
With the changes that pregnancy makes to the body, there’s a lot that needs attention after birth. The structural changes that have happened mean that it’s not going to be what it was before. For many, this is a hard concept to come to terms with. Rebekah wants you to know that there are still healthy and obtainable actions you can take.
This comes as a combination of functional movement exercises, diet, and mindset. Rebekah explains how to fit this into your busy lifestyle by prioritizing and routine setting.
Nutrition and Mindset as Tools for Getting Your Body Back
We also discuss how to easefully nourish your body in those hectic days, weeks, and months after birth. Your body has been through a lot and nutrition is a key element of its recovery. Rebekah talks about how to nourish your body rather than just grabbing wherever calories are most convenient at the moment.
Having macronutrient goals and understanding your mindset, combined with functional movement exercises, are essential parts of the process. Also, don’t forget your lifestyle habits, such as sleeping enough (easier said than done, I know), all play a part in how you’re going to feel.
What challenges have you experienced concerning postpartum nutrition? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Rebekah found her passion in postpartum nutrition and health [4:10]
- Balancing a healthy body image with the need to recover good health postpartum [9:20]
- Common struggles around losing pregnancy weight [14:15]
- The role of intuitive eating during the postpartum period [20:30]
- Finding a balance between eating whatever you want and properly nourishing your postpartum body [30:05]
- Addressing common mindset issues concerning staying healthy and raising a newborn [36:10]
- Details about Rebekah’s upcoming program for new mothers [48:30]
“Everybody is different. Even your own body is different. Every pregnancy is different. Every postpartum is different.” [6:55]
“If you have specific weight-loss goals, you’re going to have to have specific things that you do every day in order to meet those goals.” [22:59]
“It’s okay to be sad, but you will feel like yourself again. And it’s still okay to grieve the past, but also, you're going to be okay.” [42:22]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get on the Nutrition Business Accelerator Waitlist!
Find Rebekah Matznick, RD online
Follow Rebekah on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | YouTube | Pinterest
Get Rebekah’s Monthly Meals Plans
Rebekah’s Brand and Store List
Sign up for Rebekah’s FREE healthy-ish shopping list for mamas
Join the waitlist for “Weight Loss Made for Mamas”
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Like many aspects of nutrition, sugar addiction is no stranger to controversy. Some feel that everyone is addicted to sugar and there’s no way to enjoy sugar in moderation. Others have a more nuanced perspective. To break it all down, I’ve brought on someone who is well-versed in this topic who will help you figure out if sugar is negatively impacting you.
About Rachel Murray Rhn
Rachel Murray owns and runs her Holistic Nutrition business out of Elora, ON. Her passion for health and wellness was established while earning her Bachelor of Science specializing in Health Promotion at Laurentian University. After this, she went on to complete a bachelor’s degree in Nursing and worked in the hospital setting for eight years.
During this time, Rachel struggled with allergies and digestive issues. A few years later, thyroid and fertility issues also surfaced. After conventional treatments only masked symptoms and did not address the root cause of the problem, she was determined to find a natural solution. It was these struggles and experiences that initiated her discovery and pursuit of a holistic nutrition career, which she has found better serves her passion for educating and helping people live their best life.
Rachel takes the whole person into account when she completes her assessments and is, therefore, able to create an individualized wellness plan to meet her clients where they are at, and she is committed to their success.
Her specialty is working with people with sugar/carb addiction, which she came upon rather serendipitously, but has truly found her passion for working with this incredible population.
What Sugar Addiction Really Is
We may imagine a sugar addiction as eating a plate of cupcakes in one sitting, but Rachel explains how it can also exist within what appears to be an otherwise healthy diet. People of any body size can have it and anyone can experience the blood sugar issues that come with a high-sugar diet. This affects our mental and emotional states as well as physical health.
It can be hard to understand if sugar addiction is affecting you. Rachel asks some questions from her quiz to get you thinking if this is something to consider. This includes determining if you eat more sweets than you intend to, thinking about if you’ve neglected your responsibilities as a result, and if you’ve used sweets to relieve discomfort.
Recovery from Sugar Addiction is Possible
There is hope for the sugar addict. Rachel has seen how personal discovery and a dedication to self-improvement go a long way to getting it under control.
More simply, just avoiding sweets is key. Rachel explains how, when you remove sugar from your life, you’ll start to see the world a little more clearly. Since not everyone’s triggers are the same, this will look different for different people. The important point to remember is that, with the right guidance, anyone can recover from their sugar addiction.
Have you noticed sugar cravings affecting what you eat? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Rachel found her passion helping people with sugar addictions [6:15]
- Why you can have a healthy diet and still be addicted to sugar [8:55]
- What sugar addiction actually is and how it affects the body [11:05]
- Signs that you may have a sugar addiction [17:55]
- How and why to avoid sweets in order to beat your addiction [28:40]
- Reasons why sugar addiction is an actual issue [33:05]
- First steps to take to recover from a sugar addiction [37:45]
“People who are underweight, normal weight, and overweight can all be addicted to sugar. It doesn’t discriminate your body size.” [9:56]
“Once you’re sugar-addicted there’s no going back. You have it and you can put it into remission, but you’re always going to be addicted.” [22:00]
“If you do think that you’re sugar-addicted, please know that this is not something that you caused, that you don’t need to feel guilty or shameful about it, that there is hope out there.” [43:03]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get on the Nutrition Business Accelerator Waitlist!
Follow Rachel on Facebook | Instagram
Take Rachel’s Sugar Addiction Quiz
Sugar Freedom Strategy Session
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
You shouldn’t help your clients solve all their problems. I know you want to help people. As a nutrition entrepreneur that’s why you do the work that you do. But if you want to be successful, you need to narrow it down and be clear on what you offer. With that in mind, I’m discussing two things that you need to do for financial success.
Don’t Solve All the Problems
Many nutrition entrepreneurs make the mistake of trying to solve too many problems for their clients. The result is unclear messaging, slow audience growth, and a more difficult time closing sales.
Successful nutrition entrepreneurs focus on just one main problem that their clients have. This results in faster audience growth and an easier time selling services.
Get to Know the Problem You Solve
The first thing to keep in mind as a business owner is that you are here to solve your customers’ problems effectively. All successful businesses do this. No matter the business, it will only survive if it offers solutions.
Successful businesses design effective solutions. But solutions exist because of problems. You need to know the specific problem you're solving for your clients before you can offer a solution.
The Best Solutions Are Systematized
Start by picking a problem. It’s impossible to offer a systemized solution if you don’t know what you’re solving. It’s normal to want to help solve a large variety of problems, but you need to be specific if you want to truly connect with potential clients.
Always keep in mind that creating a process to solve your clients’ main problem will help them far more effectively and efficiently than otherwise. You’ll get them the results they want while doing less work on your end.
What problem do you solve for your clients? Does your solution to this problem have a core process? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- Why you need to think like a business-person, not just as a nutritionist [4:30]
- What happens when you focus on solving a specific problem for your clients [6:00]
- Identifying the problem you solve for your customers [12:35]
- Why nutritionists often have a hard time niching down [15:25]
- The reasons nutritionists struggle to find key solutions [26:40]
- Overcoming a lack of self-confidence so you can start helping clients right away [31:45]
- Why having a process to your solutions saves you effort while better helping your clients [34:55]
“As a nutrition business owner, we need to be thinking about what kind of solutions we’re providing for our customers and how effectively we can solve their problems.”[12:23]
“Being more focused in your business will not limit your sales potential. If anything, it will actually increase it because the people who are looking for what you have to offer are going to be way more attracted to you than somebody who sees you as a generalist.” [21:25]
“You don’t have to feel like you know everything in order to help people.” [32:13]
“It is possible to do this work even if you think that you’re not ready, even if you think you don’t know enough or have enough experience.” [34:45]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for February’s FREE training series!
The Nutrition Business Accelerator
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Astute listeners to this podcast may have noticed that my voice has changed some over the last few months. This is not an accident. I have been working with today’s guest who is an expert in helping people optimize the way they use their voice for maximum impact. In this episode, she tells you how you can use your voice most effectively.
About Tracy Goodwin
Tracy Goodwin, the owner of Captivate the Room and creator of Psychology of the Voice, has taught thousands of celebrities, professionals, and entrepreneurs, how to transform their lives and the lives of their listeners with their voice by stepping into the power of their natural voice so they amplify their authority and captivate the room.
Tracy’s unique approach, Psychology of the Voice gets to the core of limiting voice habits and transforms voices from the inside out. People all over the world seek her out for her expertise to free voice barriers and get them to the next level in their business and life.
Your Voice is Part of Who You Are
Tracy wants us all to realize that our voices are central to our identities. Tracy explains that the voice is “the orchestra of the heart”. That’s why it pains her when people try to change their voice to sound like someone they’re not.
To help people realize the strength in their voice, Tracy urges us to stop being critical of the way we speak. Chances are, your own perception of your voice is different from how other people see it.
Removing the Masks We Build With Our Voices
Tracy doesn’t want us to change our voice. Rather, she wants us to maximize its potential. Often, we’re held back because of what we think other people want us to sound like. To realize their voice, Tracy helps people find the confidence and freedom to show up as their authentic selves.
For this to happen, we need to identify how we often subconsciously mask our true selves with our voices. Tracy likens this to wearing masks. These masks can be used to sound like someone we’re not.
People, consciously or not, can see through these masks. Tracy shares how she helps people drop these masks. When your actual personality shines through, other people will be more eager to connect with you and hear what you’re saying. They just need to hear your true voice.
How might your subconscious be affecting your voice? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- What a voice coach is and why Tracy became one [4:50]
- Whether or not it’s okay to have a regional accent [9:25]
- The connection between your voice and your identity [13:30]
- Deconstructing the barriers we build with our voices [26:10]
- The two things that will unravel a voice and how to overcome them [31:55]
- Taking the first steps to address the way you use your voice [38:50]
Quotes
“The data that I’m looking at right now is saying ‘no, I don’t want slick polished voices. I need to know who you are.’ That includes your accent.” [12:10]
“Voice is our identity. Literally, within the first thirty seconds, I hear your voice, I am subconsciously determining who you are. There is so much vulnerability around voice that people get hung up on it.” [14:00]
“I don’t believe in bad voices. There’s voices and then there’s voices we can maximize. Are you revealing the best version of you?” [15:33]
“It’s because we’re rewriting habits. That’s all this work really is. What are the habits that you’ve put in place that aren’t working for you? We have to create some new habits.” [43:42]
“The voice is always your greatest asset, but right now it is really time to show up and play vocally because people are looking for you.” [48:57]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Nutrition Business Accelerator
Follow Tracy on Facebook | Twitter | Instagram
Get the FREE Captivate the Room Voice Formula!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
It’s easy to blame yourself when your kid keeps getting skin rashes. But it’s not your fault. It’s just that there’s a lot of factors that we simply aren’t made aware of. That’s why I’ve brought on a guest to tell us what we need to know. If you’re a parent or know a child who gets rashes, this is an important episode for you.
About Jennifer Brand
Jennifer Brand, MPH (Master's degree in public health), MS (Master's degree in nutrition), CNS (Certified Nutrition Specialist) is an integrative and clinical nutritionist and the CEO of Jennifer Caryn Brand Nutrition LLC. Jennifer helps children with dry, flaky, weepy, red, itchy, painful rashes navigate the journey to healthy skin and enjoy a childhood free from disruptive skin symptoms.
Instead of managing symptoms with more diet restrictions, environmental changes, and prescription creams, Jennifer uses functional testing and a detailed health history to uncover unique imbalances at the heart of the problem and provides a roadmap to restore balance so that your child can eat more foods, feel good in their skin, regain normalcy, and be a child.
Jennifer is a relentless detective, putting her strong knowledge of nutritional biochemistry to work for you to identify what’s driving symptoms and health problems in order to address the root cause of them.
Jennifer is a faculty member of LearnSkin, and her work has been featured in peer-reviewed scientific journals, Voyagela, as well as on podcasts, online summits, and in-person presentations at venues such as Casa Colina Hospital in California.
The Problem with Restrictive Diets
One of the main recommendations for children with skin issues is to remove certain foods from their diet. Jennifer explains why this is not a good approach. While restrictive diets might provide some temporary relief, they can also cause a lot of harm. We discuss how this approach can lead to strained parent-child relationships, disordered eating, and other dietary problems.
With this in mind, Jennifer looks for the root causes of skin issues. Often this is found in the gut, which also houses most of the immune system. If there’s a problem in the gut, you can’t properly digest your food and detox your body. An inability to detox often shows up in the skin.
Taking a Comprehensive Healing Approach
To truly heal your child’s skin problem, Jennifer wants you to look at the complete picture. One-off solutions, like just focusing on the diet or environment, will have very limited results. Yet, by examining root cause issues, like nutrient deficiencies, we can figure out what it takes to properly heal.
To help your child develop healthy skin, Jennifer wants you to provide them with a non-restrictive diet. The more variety of healthy foods that they can get, the better. If problems continue, check out their gut health and factors that could be causing stress. The more you understand what’s going on, the better prepared you’ll be to take proper healing action.
What can you do today to address skin issues before they start? Leave a comment on the episode page!
How can you expand your child’s diet for healing rather than restrict it? Leave a comment on the episode page!
In This Episode
- How Jennifer’s own story created a desire to help children with chronic skin problems [4:00]
- Why elimination diets are not a good solution for children [11:25]
- Why problems in the skin often start in the gut [13:30]
- How young children get gut and skin issues to begin with [21:55]
- The connection between the mother and the child’s health [34:50]
- Three things you can do right now to help your child develop healthier skin [41:10]
“Food is not the enemy and not the root cause of the problem.” [6:14]
“My ultimate goal is to help children when they’re young enough that a few years out they don’t remember that they had skin issues…. I want children to be children and have full rich lives and really enjoy childhood.” [9:25]
“Children need fuel. Food is fuel. Those nutrients do everything. They build every structure in the body. They nourish the body. Kids are like little athletes; they’re growing and developing.” [11:47]
“Eat! Expand the diet. Don’t restrict the diet.” [41:22]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Nutrition Business Accelerator
Follow Jennifer on Facebook | Instagram
FREE Guide - The Probiotic Mistake You’re Making That’s Flaring Your Child’s Rashes
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
No matter who you are, we all have mindset issues that affect us. Whether it’s your health, relationships, your career, anything, your thoughts, and beliefs make an impact. Today, I’m talking to an expert in taking a whole-person approach to healing your gut starting with your thoughts and beliefs.
About Becky Bell, RD
Becky Bell is a Registered Dietitian Nutritionist, pastor’s wife, and mom of 3 crazy kiddos. Her passion is to help others develop a way of eating and living that leads to freedom and authentic living.
Becky is a passionate follower of Jesus Christ and He is the reason she does what she does. She has seen in her own life that the way she treats her body affects her mind and spirit, and vice versa.
Her goal is to help you find relief from the digestive symptoms that are holding you hostage so that you can feel confident and energized to pursue your goals and dreams. Becky believes that your health shouldn’t be what keeps you from being the best version of yourself!
Becky has a Bachelor of Science in Dietetics from Olivet Nazarene University and a Master of Science in Human Nutrition from the University of Alabama. She is also trained as a Mental Health Integrative Medicine Provider and Certified L.E.A.P. Therapist.
Identifying Negative Beliefs Around Food
We hear a lot about the gut-brain connection. Our thoughts affect how well our gut functions. But Becky feels that it goes beyond this. Our bodies respond to our thoughts and beliefs more than many realize. Believing that we will always be sick and never heal can lead to just that outcome.
Becky helps her clients overcome their fears around food that can lead to this. She starts by helping them identify negative beliefs around food. This has to be an intentional process. You can’t simply decide to think differently. Becky explains how she helps people change the narrative in their minds to make this needed shift.
How Faith Plays a Part in Healing
We also talk about the role of religious faith in Becky’s work. As a Christian, she sees how sharing a spiritual aspect with her clients brings a huge sense of freedom and possibility.
All of our actions and habits are rooted in our beliefs. Many times, there is a past trauma behind these beliefs. Becky sees the value of developing new coping strategies, whether spiritually-based or not, that help us take control over our narrative. With these, we can implement healthy eating habits that result in healing.
Are your eating experiences enjoyable or not? How does this relate to your beliefs and mindset? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Becky found her passion in helping people with gut issues [3:15]
- The ways in which mindset and gut health are linked [4:45]
- Recognizing that you might have negative thoughts around food [12:40]
- How faith shows up in Becky’s work [23:30]
- How the pandemic has changed people’s relationship with food [30:30]
- First steps to take to bring change to your gut health [34:25]
Quotes
“When you heal the gut and really bring the gut into alignment, your energy, mood, and so many things about your life get better.” [4:05]
“I don’t believe that there is such a thing as failure. You can’t fail at food. Everything is a learning experience.” [18:09]
“We can’t get away from the fact that food is emotional. Food is comfort. Food is connection. It’s all of those things but it can’t be the only thing we use for comfort and relief.” [30:25]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Join the 2022 Nutrition CEO Mastermind!
Follow Becky on Instagram | Facebook
7 Strategies to Improve Digestion
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Big changes are coming for both me and my business. That’s because I’ll be having a child this summer! Today, I’m taking you behind the scenes to share how my business plans and strategy are shifting in response to this major life event.
What Led Me to Where I Am Now
Having changed the focus and structure of my business in the past year, I have come to a place where the idea of having a child is less scary. Now that I have people working for me and my Nutrition Business Accelerator programs are taking off, I feel confident that I can financially support a growing family.
That’s because launching these programs taught me a lot. They were a chance to get clear on my messaging. They showed me ways of being efficient as well as profitable. Now that it feels like a well-oiled machine, I’m comfortable shifting my attention to more personal matters.
There have still been some tough moments. At times, this pregnancy has left me exhausted and feeling sick. I’ve learned what I need to do to take care of myself and not push too hard. It may not look like it from the outside, but I’ve been really working to listen to what my body needs during this time. This has been a great reminder that we never truly know what other people are going through.
What’s In Store For My Business
Of course, some other changes are going to happen in my business. Although you can never fully prepare for a change like this, there are steps I’m taking to make it as smooth as possible.
One thing I’m doing is mostly eliminating one-on-one services for next year. I’m also scheduling my launches to avoid the times around the baby’s due date. In addition, I’m looking at more opportunities to create passive income streams. To help with all this, I’m handing more control over to my team.
Most of this requires creating boundaries with clients. It also means not trying to control absolutely everything in my business. This is something that I teach my clients but is a challenge when doing it myself. In the end, I know it’s going to be totally worth it.
How have you adapted your business to a major life change? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- What led Laura to decide that now is the time to have a child [2:15]
- Why patience and perseverance are essential for launches [10:00]
- How religious faith informs Laura’s decisions [14:20]
- Balancing the needs of a business with the needs of a pregnancy [28:20]
- Upcoming changes in Laura’s business [33:50]
- Learning to let go of total control inside your business [46:30]
Quotes
“Typically, you’re not going to knock it out of the park on your first launch, or even your second or third. I feel we learned a lot about our messaging in our first couple of launches.” [10:20]
“I’ve learned a lot about what I’m capable of doing and also what I need to do for myself to not push too hard and respect what my body needs.” [31:49]
“It’s not an easy decision. A lot of the decisions we made for next year aren’t easy. I’m coming from the angle that I have to protect my energy and my physical and mental well-being and the relationship I’m building with this new human who’s coming.” [40:12]
“There’s a lot of ways that we are getting trained as a team so that they can take over a lot of what I would normally be doing and to take more off my plate so I can either not be working or do more that is something that only I can do for the business.” [46:05]
“Any business that requires less of me to be successful is actually a more healthy business.” [58:55]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Join the Nutrition CEO Mastermind
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
‘Tis the season for coaching program launches. Having taken numerous courses and having run my own, I’ve seen a lot of what’s out there. With many programs starting in the new year, how do you decide what’s best for you? In this episode, I’m sharing what I know so you can find the right business coaching program for you.
Looking at the Program Promise
The very first thing you should be thinking about when considering a coaching program is its program promise. This refers to the possibility of transformation or outcome that clients can receive. This should not be confused with a guarantee since an outcome can’t be truly guaranteed.
It’s up to the participant to show up and commit to the work. Nobody is going to build your business for you. But a good coach will provide you with the direction and tools to help you get there.
That’s why you want the program promise to align with your unique business goals. Your goals will vary by what stage of business you’re in. Choose a program that has a promise that fits you where you are.
Considering the Coach’s Philosophy
Once you know what the program’s promise is, you can start considering its coaching philosophy. We all find ourselves drawn towards one kind of coach or another. We learn best from certain types of people and are naturally attracted to that type.
To this end, look for coaches with a philosophy that you’re going to gel with the most. Would you prefer someone who focuses on strategy or a coach who leans towards mindset? How are they going to serve and support you? Some self-examination will help you decide who to look for based on your personality and your business’ needs.
Looking at the Community Within Your Program
You also want to look at the types of people who are in the program. You’re going to want to be around the people who encourage, support, and inspire you. Are they people you’d want to spend time with? Are their businesses similar to yours? Are these the people you want to connect with?
So watch those testimonial videos. Connect with them if you can. Getting a read on who they are will help you understand the kinds of relationships you’ll form inside the program. I’ve found that these relationships are just as valuable as any other part of the program.
What do you want the most in a business coaching program? How could it help you reach your goals? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- The importance of a program promise is and why it’s not a guarantee [2:10]
- Why a good program should make you a little uncomfortable [14:40]
- Understanding your coaching philosophy in order to find the right coach for you [27:25]
- Why a coach’s personality and values matter [36:35]
- The power of community to make a coaching program an amazing experience [48:10]
- Additional features that add extra value to programs [53:15]
- Details about the upcoming Nutrition CEO Mastermind [59:10]
Quotes
“I strongly believe that if you are running a business, particularly an online business, you need to be in some support container.” [2:49]
“You want to have a program that stretches you. It should feel a little scary. It should feel a little uncomfortable.” [14:53]
“At the end of the day, we all have skills that are more aligned with who we are and there’s nothing bad about that. It just means that sometimes we need a little support from other professionals to help us get different viewpoints.” [29:50]
“Relationships are hugely important. They’re honestly one of the best things you can take out of a program.” [50:08]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Apply to the Nutrition CEO Mastermind!
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Do you want to spend the rest of your life working a job you don’t like just because it’s “safe” and comfortable”? I get it. Taking risks is scary. But I promise you the risk of not acting on your dreams is so much worse. Today’s guest is here to tell you how to take a chance on your dreams and come out better in the end than you ever thought you could.
About Jess Glazer
A former celebrity personal trainer and elementary school teacher, Jess turned her once cute side hustle into a multi-million dollar business in two years.
Since leaving her teaching job in 2017, she has hired a team of incredible heart-centered leaders, served hundreds of clients, helped create over 10 million dollars in revenue for those clients, and is committed to helping 100 entrepreneurs create 7-figure impact-driven businesses (7 down, 93 to go!)
As a result of donation/awareness, she and her husband built a school in Ghana, Africa with Pencils of Promise.
She’s been featured in The Wall Street Journal, Forbes, Yahoo Finance, The Today Show, Good Day New York, The New York Post, Shape Magazine.
Her mission is to cause a ripple effect and inspire change for generations to come; making a massive impact and leaving a lasting legacy beyond her singular actions.
You Can Choose What to Believe About Money
Jess knows what it means to change your beliefs around money. She wants us all to remember that our beliefs, thoughts, feelings, decisions, and actions are all interconnected. By addressing and changing our beliefs, particularly around money, we take control over all the rest.
It’s important to remember that our beliefs are not etched in stone. When they don't serve your goal, it’s time to examine them and change them. Jess explains how to do this to reset how you think about money.
To do this, try borrowing someone else’s belief. Maybe it’s hard to imagine that you’ll be a financial success. If that’s the case, look for someone like you who is. They’re a success because they believed that they could be. Apply that to yourself and you’re well on your way.
Money is an Infinite Resource
Central to a healthy money mindset is the idea of abundance. Jess reminds us that money is infinite. We don’t create it and spend it. Rather we borrow it and use it.
That’s because money is a cyclical substance. Jess imagines it as a big pot which we are constantly taking from and giving to. When money goes in, it will later come back out. Be grateful for this infinite exchange and you can start to overcome so many hang-ups around money.
Viewed this way, adjusting how we think about money isn’t all that complicated. Most of us are probably more financially stable and capable of growth than we realize. Jess explains how assessing your current situation, analyzing your beliefs, and making certain changes will put you on the path you’re seeking.
Do you know whose money story you can borrow to reshape your money beliefs? Tell me about it in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Jess built a multi-million dollar business in less than two years [4:00]
- The adjustments you need to make to your money mindset in order to run your own business [14:30]
- How to find out how much money you actually have and how much you can create [20:30]
- Common money mindset myths that many of us have been taught [32:20]
- Readjusting your financial thermostat [44:40]
Quotes
“What’s the worst-case scenario? When you unpack it and unpeel the layers to the onion, you realize it’s not that bad and it’s going to take you a lot longer for that thing to happen than overnight.” [11:26]
“The first thing I started to do was change my beliefs and my stories around money. Once I was able to change those, I was able to work on my financial thermostat.” [18:59]
“When you look at it as just neutral, simply putting money back into the pot and receiving money back out, you can have ultimate gratitude for all of it going in and out.” [29:30]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Apply to the 2022 Nutrition CEO Mastermind
Follow Jess on Facebook | Instagram
Save 10% percent for Jess’ online programs with coupon code: JESS10
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
How’s your stress? I often feel like we’re all stressed and that’s the norm. But just because there’s an expectation that we’re feeling stressed doesn’t make it okay. As today’s guest explains, all this stress can have a severe negative impact on your health.
About Rachel Doyle, RD
Rachel Doyle is a Registered Dietitian who helps people overcome digestive issues with the healing power of food and functional nutrition. She works with clients individually and in group programs in her virtual private practice, RAD Nutrition.
With a Master’s degree in Nutrition and additional training in integrative and functional nutrition, Rachel uses gut health principles, the mind-body connection, and functional lab testing to help clients find their root cause and regain control of their health.
Understanding the Common Causes of Gut Problems
In this episode, Rachel delves into some common sources of various gut issues. One that she frequently sees is low levels of stomach acid. When we don’t have enough of it, we’ll have trouble breaking down and digesting food. This leads to a whole host of potential problems, from bloating and reflux to bacterial infections and overgrowth.
Rachel also sees a lot of people with bacterial imbalances, various gut infections, and mineral deficiencies. Many times these problems exist in tandem and can lead to a slew of issues. She explains what to look for if you suspect there’s a problem and steps to take to address it.
The Connection Between Your Gut and Your Stress Levels
In addition to these physical root causes of gut problems, is stress. Stress can come from many sources. Overwork, poor sleep habits, high-intensity exercise, past trauma, environmental toxins, and diet can all cause harmful levels of stress.
Even though we can’t control all these factors, there are steps that anyone can take to reduce stress in their life. Rachel explains how to start talking to yourself in order to accept that you don’t need to live in a constant state of stress.
Mindset is often at the center of this healing process. Before you can do anything else, you need to believe that recovery is possible. Sometimes the root of stress lies in the gut itself. By treating gut health and mental health together, Rachel has seen how actual and lasting healing occurs.
How can mindfulness practices improve your overall gut health? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- What led Rachel to help people with their digestive issues [2:35]
- Signs that you don’t have enough stomach acid and why this is a problem [8:40]
- The role of stress in causing gut health problems [16:20]
- How gut health can make changes in the brain [22:00]
- How food choices affect stress-resilience [27:00]
- Why eating too many vegetables can actually be a problem [39:35]
Quotes
“It’s fascinating to see how many things are connected to our gut health and how much what we eat can affect all those things too.” [6:45]
“Working on your mindset around it is so big…. Getting that mindset of believing you can heal and just the way that you talk to yourself can have a big effect.” [21:05]
“We want to come at it from both sides. We can work on our brain and our mental health and also work on gut health to help improve both.” [23:00]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Apply for the 2022 Nutrition CEO Mastermind
Follow Rachel on Instagram
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Promoting your business on social media can be scary and overwhelming. But it’s also a useful tool that, when used properly, can get you in front of the people who need your services the most. If you’re an entrepreneur with a personal brand and want to reach more potential clients, today’s guest has some great advice for you!
About Martine Cadet
Martine Cadet is a Social Media Content Coach and Creator for Female Coaches. She helps her clients convert viewers into paying clients, never run out of things to say, and become confident in connecting with their audience by mastering the skill of storytelling on their social platforms.
Martine’s system helps her clients increase their social media presence for their personal brand on Instagram and Facebook organically.
She is a mom of two, a wife, and a sister that decided to go for her dream. She designed an online business that excites her every single day. Martine is the Founder and owner of Kaderique Media, LLC, a Boutique Digital Media Agency supporting small business owners so they can brand themselves online and expand their visibility on her TV Network Visualize and Create Network.
Being Consistent Without the Stress
In this episode, Martine breaks down the essential aspects of successful social media marketing. Whatever you do, being consistent is the most important thing. With your busy life, posting all the time might seem too daunting. That’s why Martine stresses that consistency is based on how you define it.
Whatever you decide to do, stick to it. If you want to post a video every Friday afternoon, then that’s what you need to do. It’s what your audience expects. By being the boss of your schedule, you won’t get caught in the trap of feeling that you need to be showing up all day every day.
To be consistent without it taking over your life, Martine wants you to have clear goals. Commit to regularly sitting down and planning your goals. With your long-term and short-term goals established, you can work backward to plan out how your posts will get you there.
Building a Community Around Your Business
We all want to feel a sense of belonging. Being part of a community is something we all value. Martine explains how she centers her business around the community that she built. She explains how gathering the people you want to serve in one place lets you best provide them with what you have to offer.
To build a successful online community, Martine stresses the importance of quality over quantity. It’s better to have a smaller number of engaged members than lots of unengaged ones. It’s up to you to curate who’s in there.
To keep your community engaged, make posts that foster conversations. People like to talk about themselves. Ask them questions that get them responding. This will provide helpful information that you can use to engage with individual members on a deeper level.
What role can social media play in your business? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Martine found her passion in helping others improve their social media marketing [4:30]
- Why consistency is at the heart of social media marketing [6:55]
- The importance of growing your online community [9:35]
- Where to start when building a successful Facebook community [12:00]
- Being consistent on social media without it taking over your life [18:40]
- Creating content that connects with your ideal customer [26:35]
- Martine’s absolute favorite social media app [30:40]
Quotes
“It’s about conversation to conversion. It’s not content to conversion. It’s conversation first.” [7:12]
“Essentially, we’re posting on social media to bring awareness to the amazing things we have.” [20:05]
“There are things that you’ve done in the past that can be repurposed. You probably just need to re-edit that video… There’s so many things you can do with content to bring it back to life.” [24:49]
“Find the place that you enjoy being on because that’s going to help the quality of your content. If you enjoy being on the platform, you’re going to create amazing content.” [33:55]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook
Follow Martine on Facebook | Instagram | Linkedin
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 105: Using Instagram to Grow Your Business w/ Annie Miller
About ten years ago I was diagnosed with Lyme disease. This resulted in some major changes that I made to my diet and lifestyle in order to feel better. A decade later, I no longer have symptoms of Lyme. So it is possible to overcome this chronic disease. Today’s guest is full of information on how you can do the same!
About Lindsay Christensen
Lindsay Christensen, MS, CNS, CKNS, has her B.S. in Biomedical Science and her M.S. in Human Nutrition. She has successfully completed a 1,000-hour supervised experience program for the Certified Nutrition Specialist (CNS) credential, an esteemed credential for healthcare professionals with an advanced level of education and experience in nutritional biochemistry and medical nutrition therapy.
Lindsay enjoys working with a diverse array of clients. Areas of expertise include nutrition care for complex chronic illnesses, including Lyme disease and CIRS, food sensitivities, and gastrointestinal health issues.
Lindsay is an avid researcher and writer. When her nose isn’t buried in the latest nutrition science and medical research, she can be found backpacking, skiing, and rock climbing in her beautiful home state of Colorado.
Clues That You May Have Lyme Disease
While the tell-tale bullseye rash is the most obvious and well-known symptom of Lyme, it doesn’t always present itself. Lindsay explains that Lyme can show up in a number of different ways. There could be other types of rashes from co-infections. Sometimes it feels like a case of the flu or fatigue. After some time, cognitive dysfunctions can crop up.
There’s also more information emerging around Lyme disease-related gut issues. Bloating, constipation, food sensitivities, and indigestion can all be related to Lyme disease too.
Unfortunately, eradicating chronic Lyme disease is no simple matter. Lindsay describes how Lyme is a very complex bacterium that can cause all sorts of havoc.
Building a Healthy Immune System with Your Diet
While medication certainly plays a role in treating it, Lindsay has seen the benefits of implementing nutrition and lifestyle protocols as well. When put into place, these support a more robust immune system and help it handle the infection.
Because so much of our immune system starts with gut health, addressing your dietary needs is the most important place to start. While many other treatments will certainly help, you’re just making recovery all that much more unlikely if you ignore the needs of your gut.
By reducing inflammation, your immune system will be better supported in tackling this infection throughout your body. This means limiting refined sugars, flours, processed seed oils, and dairy. This all helps to create an environment in which your immune system can help do its job of keeping this infection in check.
Have you experienced Lyme disease? In what ways has it impacted your health? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Lindsay’s own experience with Lyme disease led her to help others with it too [4:00]
- Common and less-understood symptoms associated with Lyme disease [11:00]
- Common tests to diagnose Lyme and their limitations [16:15]
- Deconstructing the most popular myths surrounding Lyme Disease [21:00]
- Using nutrition to help your body fight a Lyme infection [25:00]
- How nutrition acts as a foundation for rebuilding health [38:10]
- Integrating lifestyle changes into your daily life in order to support overall health [49:45]
Quotes
“That’s part of why it’s so hard to diagnose. It can look like just about anything else other than a Lyme infection.” [13:45]
“For somebody who’s been dealing with Lyme for a long period of time, it becomes a lot more complicated to treat. It becomes more like belonging in terms of turning around somebody’s health and treating that infection.” [21:46]
“It’s not just a matter of ‘boosting’ immunity. In many ways, it’s more of a balancing act that needs to happen because the bacteria that causes Lyme can do different things to the immune system.” [24:18]
“I view nutrition as creating this foundation to rebuild your health after having dealt with Lyme. We need to have good gut health in place to have our immune system function properly.” [38:27]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook
Find Lindsay Christensen online
Follow Lindsay on Facebook | Linkedin | Twitter | Instagram
The Lyme Disease 30-Day Meal Plan
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
What does it take to heal your hormones? There are many factors for sure. A big one boils down to your mindset. Today’s guest explains how to approach this by doing what you need to heal your hormones while letting go of harmful, rigid, and restrictive rules.
About Olivia Wagner, RD
After years of her own struggles with autoimmune conditions, Lyme disease, mold illness, eczema, IBS, insomnia, anxiety, depression, and amenorrhea, Olivia often felt frustrated and lost in her best steps for healing.
Through Olivia’s advanced training in Functional Medicine and experience in working with over a thousand clients over the past eight years, she fully recognizes the complexity of experiencing health symptoms and is confident in the process of healing to get you well.
For the past twelve years, Olivia has studied the science of food and how it interacts with every cell in the body. Her background includes a strong foundation in nutritional and exercise science, advanced training in integrative and functional medicine, and certificates in mindful/intuitive eating practices allowing for a deep understanding of the relationship between food, body, and mind.
Olivia calls herself a nutrient seeker but believes that nourishing your body is as much an art as it is a science. She speaks to breaking down the walls of food shame and diet culture, establishing empowerment around food choice, and discovering how to befriend food and body again – finally starting to enjoy the terrain of nourishing with confidence.
Harnessing Judgement-Free Healing
Your mindset has a huge impact on how you feel, whether or not you have a chronic illness. Olivia wants anyone healing their hormones to focus on mindset. Our limiting beliefs influence our actions and what comes our way. Before anything can change for the better, you need to believe that change is possible.
Throughout our conversation, Olivia describes how she helps her clients bring awareness to their experiences in judgment-free ways. By reframing your situation so that it becomes a learning opportunity rather than a failure, you’ll realize that healing is within your power.
Embracing The Discomfort Needed to Move Forward
This isn’t necessarily going to be a pleasant process. Olivia knows just how uncomfortable it can be to reset your mindset and take control of your health. She speaks to how she urges her clients to be open to the inner work and have the faith to try different things, even if they feel uncomfortable.
While your goals may be big, your actions often don’t need to be. Small but consistent changes will add up. Olivia describes a number of little habits that you can apply to many situations that will get your health moving in the right direction.
What limiting beliefs are holding you back from health? What can you start doing today to move past them? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- What led Olivia to focus on empowering women’s health through mindset shifts[4:30]
- The connection between mindset, your immune system, and overall health [13:00]
- Squashing limiting beliefs that impede healing [22:30]
- How to change negative thinking into supportive mindsets [31:25]
- How small yet consistent changes lead to big achievements over time [39:40]
Quotes
“Although I think there’s so much support, validation, and real enlightenment that comes with functional medicine, sometimes those foundations -- basic diet, lifestyle, sleep, movement, your relationship with yourself -- get overlooked.” [10:14]
“Your thoughts and beliefs really influence your immune system. The way that you go about your daily life is going to be those things that can really crack the foundation of an immune system.” [14:13]
“You gotta be open to recognizing that there’s going to be times that [negative] thoughts come in, but it’s all about how you respond to them.” [30:42]
“You can meet yourself where you’re at every day without it meaning that you’re not still working towards your bigger goal.” [49:21]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Olivia on Instagram
Healthy Hormone Audit & Action Checklist
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Many of us are feeling burnt out right now. Especially if you own your own business, it’s really easy to get into a place of feeling utterly exhausted. But what can you do about it? Today, I want to discuss with you the questions you should be asking yourself if this is how you feel.
Building a Schedule That Gives You Energy
The first question to ask involves your weekly schedule. Is it set up to prevent burnout or is it making it worse? Time management is about so much more than scheduling and checklists. It’s really about managing your energy.
Set up your week so that you make time to receive energy instead of solely giving it out. When setting up your schedule, prioritize the things that excite and nourish you.
Don’t Get Lost Inside Your Business
I also want you to ask yourself about the source of your identity. Are you getting your identity from your job, or is it coming from somewhere else? When you invest so much of yourself in your business, it’s easy to get lost inside of it. However, it’s crucial to separate yourself from your business if you want to maintain the stability needed for your own wellbeing.
Sometimes it’s just time to take a break. When you feel the stress of life and work, ask yourself if it’s time to step back for a bit. It’s too easy to get so caught up in the work that you lose track of yourself. Take a break so you can step back and take care of yourself. Plan that downtime in advance to give yourself the chance to pause so you’re not always chasing the next thing.
Creating Boundaries and Setting Expectations
None of this is possible if you don’t have good boundaries with your clients. Are you creating those boundaries? If you’re constantly saying yes to clients, even when you don’t want to, you’ll end up exhausted. Establishing clear ground rules and boundaries as soon as possible is the way to avoid this.
You should also ask yourself if you are taking responsibility for your clients’ outcomes. I get it; you are compassionate and want to help others succeed. However, you can only be their guide. It is up to them to do the actual work to create their own success.
Create Your Own Definition of Success
Also, ask yourself if you’re showing up for work expecting it to be hard? If that’s how you’re expecting your workday to go, it likely will be. The way you perceive things is often the way you experience them. This can even impact the tone of your voice which could further affect outcomes. I urge you to go into your day already imagining that everything will go great.
Finally, ask yourself if you’re comparing your life to how you think things should be. A lot of the time, when we feel overwhelmed, it’s because we’re comparing ourselves to where other people are. This ignores your own achievements. It creates the belief that you’re not doing enough. Allow yourself to be content with the progress that you’ve made and set your own pace for success.
How have you experienced burnout? How has it affected your decisions? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Creating a weekly schedule to prevent burnout [5:45]
- The importance of separating your identity from your business [14:00]
- Deciding when to take a break from work [21:50]
- Setting appropriate boundaries with your clients [27:50]
- Why you’re not responsible for your clients’ outcomes [33:20]
- Are you showing up for work expecting it to be hard? [39:40]
- Not comparing your life to how you think things should be [47:20]
Quotes
“If you’re feeling burnt out, especially in an area where you used to feel passionate, then it’s possible that it’s not necessarily the job or the business itself. There may be some other things going on that‘s causing it.” [4:19]
“It’s not worth it to have a financially successful business if you yourself are not happy.” [18:07]
“If you don’t take charge of your schedule and calendar, it’s going to create itself. Usually, it’s not going to create something that’s super lowkey and peaceful. It’s going to create chaos if you let it create itself.” [25:45]
“When you show up expecting things to go well, you’ll have a different experience than when you show up expecting it to be bad.” [45:05]
“Struggling is normal. Stop judging where you are and believing that other people are ahead of you or that their lives are better than yours.” [52:39]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
We talk about hormones a lot on this show. It’s an essential part of women’s health. Yet, there’s a lot of misinformation and a lack of information about it. Today, I’m speaking with an expert on a hormonal condition we’ve actually never covered here before: premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD).
About Mandy Rother
Mandy is a Functional Dietitian-Nutritionist. She was diagnosed with PMDD 15 years ago and her own story includes everything from dark rock bottoms to symptom-free years. On top of that, IBS, PCOS, and depression were worsening her cyclical symptoms.
For the longest time, Mandy felt broken and at war with her body. Fed up with band-aid solutions, she decided to forge her own path. Over time she was able to put her metabolic puzzle together for a comprehensive approach to relief. This path of trial and error compelled her to study integrative and functional nutrition so she could help others do the same.
PMDD Looks Different for Everyone
Commonly, women with PMDD are told that it’s impossible to fix. Mandy explains how this is false information. There’s actually a lot that can be done.
Treatments are going to differ from person to person because the contributing factors vary. When symptoms appear, Mandy knows that means something in your life needs to be addressed. Mandy talks about how tracking symptoms and gathering information is the key to guiding your approach to treatment.
Getting Information and Finding Solutions
There’s no single test for PMDD, but there are tools for gathering information. Mandy recommends an in-depth test of thyroid hormones, checking vitamin D levels, examining blood-sugar markers, and testing nutrients and gut health. Once you see the relevant pieces of the puzzle, you’ll be better prepared to take action.
The solutions to PMDD are not straightforward, but they are out there. Mandy explains that no single thing will do the trick. It’s likely going to be a mix between lifestyle changes, medication, and diet. With the right guidance and action, recovery is possible.
Have you experienced PMDD? Tell me how you approached it in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Mandy found her calling in helping women with PMDD [5:30]
- What PMDD is and how it differs from PMS [7:05]
- How PMDD impacts Mandy’s life in its many arenas [13:19]
- Common hurdles women seeking help for PMDD face [19:25]
- The role of functional testing in overcoming PMDD [26:45]
- The first steps to take if you suspect you have PMDD [35:10]
Quotes
“Simply put, it’s like PMS on steroids. Yet, it’s very different than PMS, both in the severity and what causes it.” [7:36]
“If my symptoms bubble up again, it’s like my barometer for my lifestyle. Do I need to make shifts to support my physical, spiritual, or mental health and recalibrate my habits to get back on track?” [13:03]
“Each person’s puzzle will be put together a little bit differently, but all those pieces always connect.” [26:40]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Mandy on Instagram
Mandy’s Guide to Peaceful Periods
The International Association for Premenstrual Disorders
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Related Episodes
Episode 95: Optimize Your Entrepreneurial Flow with Berrion Berry
If we’ve learned anything in the past year and a half, it’s that the unexpected will happen. How many of us approach health has changed. So has how we work and run businesses. Today’s guest explains how she pivoted her health-based business and shares insight into how you can pivot too.
About Jennifer Sweenie
Jennifer Sweenie is a Functional Nutritional Therapy Practitioner, Certified Health-Supportive Chef, and Health Coach. She has over a decade of experience in the food and nutrition space and is passionate about educating others on the importance of consuming real, local food from sustainable sources.
Jennifer believes the key to making healthier choices and behavior modification lies in understanding and awareness of the correlation between what we consume and our wellbeing.
Running a Wellness Business in a Virtual World
When the pandemic hit, Jennifer quickly shifted the focus of her NYC-based wellness business to go virtual. With the uncertainty of the time, health and wellness became a paramount concern for many. Jennifer explains the various programs that she offers, ranging from cooking demos and 1-on-1 nutritional consults to martial arts and meditation.
With a new focus on working with companies as well as individual clients, Jennifer has learned to be flexible in new ways. She discusses how she now finds clients and determines her pricing.
Establishing Healthy Habits in a Changing Landscape
When people started working from home, established work routines were thrown away. While some people thrived in this new working environment, many others struggled with the change.
Jennifer explains how she helps people who find themselves in new unhealthy habits, such as being too sedentary or not keeping to a stable eating schedule.
Why Sugar Intake Still Matters
One change that Jennifer noticed involves the amount of sugar we’re consuming. Early on, many of us were getting far too much sugar as we adjusted to changing circumstances. However, awareness of the problem has increased as more people are taking ownership of their health.
Jennifer urges us to gather more information about this. She recommends that we test our glucose levels, monitor our energy and mood, and talk to our doctors about this. If sugar dysregulation is an issue, it’s important to catch it before it’s too late.
Have you had to pivot your business since Covid became the new reality? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- What led Jennifer to combine her interests in healthy living and food [4:20]
- How Jennifer quickly pivoted her business at the start of the pandemic [6:10]
- The many ways that corporate wellness programs can be implemented virtually [10:00]
- How some work habits have changed for better or worse since the start of the pandemic [14:40]
- Changes in perception on sugar consumption and determining if it’s a problem for you [18:30]
- Some positives that have come out of the changes of the last 18 months [30:20]
- Thoughts about the future of corporate wellness [40:20]
Quotes
“In retrospect, it was exactly what I needed and had wanted to do for a while but just hadn’t taken the leap to online. So it ended up being a good thing, a very positive thing.” [7:55]
“If Covid has taught us anything, it’s that upsetting your routine just throws everything up into the air.” [16:45]
“Keep failing until you get it. Keep trying different things until it sticks.” [46:23]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Jennifer on Instagram
Pivaat Remote Corporate Wellness
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Does social media, like Instagram, have a place in growing your business? While I don’t think it is a necessary component, it can still be an effective tool. Today’s guest is an expert in building an audience interested in what she has to sell using Instagram. If you’re interested in doing the same, this episode is for you.
About Annie Miller
Annie Miller is the CEO and founder of Annie Miller Concepts, previously fitdesignbyannie. After graduating with her degree in Exercise and Sport Science in 2013, becoming a certified strength and conditioning specialist, changing course from college strength and performance coach to personal training, she found her calling in the online world of health and fitness.
Education and authenticity are at the center of Annie Miller Concepts (two things she saw a shortage of in the online space). Annie rejects the idea that there is ONE WAY to success, ONE WAY to do fitness or ONE WAY to run a business. So, for the last five years, she's sought to share the power of knowledge and taking action in the weight room, business and life. The 'gram is her favorite platform for fitness and entrepreneurship, and it's where you'll find her most of the time.
The Role of Instagram in a Business
Instagram can be a great tool for reaching your audience. It can also take a toll on your mental health. It’s easy to get caught up in the emotional roller-coaster that Instagram can take you on. Annie explains how she helps people stay focused on the objective aspects of Instagram and apply them to serve their business.
While Instagram can have many benefits, it’s important not to completely rely on it. Annie reminds us that the platform can change without warning. You need to be able to adapt along with the app or abandon it altogether if it no longer serves you.
Perhaps the most important thing you can do when starting is to get super clear on who you serve. The platform is saturated with health and fitness accounts. To stand out, you need to know specifically who your ideal audience is and how to reach them.
Staying Sane While Using Instagram
Annie wants you to have fun with Instagram. It should not be a source of stress. Post what makes you laugh and smile. Creating what you want to create will help you find your best audience and showcase your authenticity.
Focus on the content that you like to create. You don’t have to use every feature on the app. Identify what resonates the most with you and your audience and focus on that.
Also, don’t get upset when you lose followers. People come and go for all sorts of reasons. Don’t take it personally. Concentrate on the new followers you get. Focus on them and make sure they’re aware of all you offer. The people who are meant to work with you aren’t the ones leaving.
Does Instagram have a place in growing your business? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Instagram can play a part in your business strategy [4:20]
- Common mistakes new business owners make with social media [8:40]
- Finding your balance between personal and business-related posts [12:50]
- Why you don’t need to constantly create to be successful on Instagram [20:30]
- Dealing with negativity on social media [26:40]
- What to do if someone steals your content [33:25]
- Tips for effectively selling your services over Instagram [43:30]
- What it really means when you lose followers [51:50]
Quotes
“It’s important for me to teach things that work no matter what the algorithm does; the importance of building a business on Instagram versus trying to be popular or get attention.” [5:41]
“The more clarity you can gain on who it is that you’re helping - how you’re helping them, the problems that you solve - the easier that it’s going to be to find your people.” [11:52]
“Focus on creating content that is joyful for you to create.” [15:41]
“If you are just getting on Instagram and all you’re doing is selling, that is not ideal. But if you can be posting free content consistently and sandwich it with sales, that’s ideal.” [45:00]
“It doesn’t do anything for you to have a large following that’s not engaged. It’s literally better to have a smaller audience with higher engagement than the other way around.” [55:38]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get Your FREE Profit Planning Workbook
Follow Annie on Instagram | Pinterest
Your Biz, Your Way FREE Workshop
Sam Vander Wielen legal training
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
A multiple sclerosis diagnosis is a devastating thing to receive. It’s a progressive chronic condition without too many solutions. Many with it assume that there’s nothing to be done beyond taking medications to manage the symptoms. Today’s guest explains how to use holistic treatments so that you’re not relying solely on medical interventions.
About Alissa Frazier
Alissa is the owner of LissMS Holistic Health. She is a Nutritional Therapy Consultant, AIP Certified Coach, Certified Personal Trainer, and licensed Mental Health Counselor. She works with individuals 1-on-1 who have Multiple Sclerosis and other neurological issues.
Alissa uses whole foods and an anti-inflammatory lifestyle to help individuals decrease their MS symptoms, gain energy and feel empowered to change their life.
She is based near Boston, MA, and lives with her husband and three cats. Alissa loves being outdoors and can usually be found at the beach. She enjoys being active, and will often play tennis, go on hikes, or lift weights.
Improving MS Symptoms with Diet
Although medication is usually the primary method for treating MS, nutrition, and diet can also go a long way. Alissa discusses how diet makes a huge impact on this disease. The right foods will help lower inflammation and improve overall health.
It’s scary to have to give things up after a diagnosis. Alissa wants us to focus on what we can add instead of what we lose. With that in mind, eating more vegetables, adding healthy fats, and staying well-hydrated makes a big difference.
Stress-Management and MS Symptoms
The exact causes of MS are unclear. However, stress is likely a factor. There is a link between stress and all auto-immune diseases. This seems to be particularly the case with MS. Flare-ups of symptoms and relapses are often caused or made worse by stress.
We talk about rewiring your thinking to mitigate the effects of stress. There are a lot of tools that can help with this. Alissa talks about the effects of addressing trauma and stress. When done correctly, you learn to alleviate trauma and calm your nervous system. This, in turn, will reduce the symptoms of MS.
There’s so much going on with MS. Trying to treat it by yourself can quickly get overwhelming. This is where coaching comes in. Working with someone knowledgeable will give you the clarity and direction to make the small changes that have big results.
Have you seen a connection between diet and healing from an autoimmune disease? Tell me about it in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Why Alissa focuses on helping people with MS [3:30]
- What multiple sclerosis is and its common symptoms [10:00]
- How a proper diet can alleviate MS symptoms [14:00]
- The link between stress and chronic disease [22:00]
- First steps for treating MS after taking the traditional medical route [30:00]
- The benefits of working with a coach [38:40]
Quotes
“My success spurred me to help other people with this. I found a lot of success; I know there’s something to this.” [7:10]
“I think stress is an incredible component of all auto-immune disease, but really MS as well. A lot of our flares and relapses can be set off by stress.” [22:47]
“We are essentially victims of our disease. Yeah, it did happen to us. I’m not saying it doesn’t suck either…. It’s not necessarily thinking about the past, but how you move forward.” [38:13]
“There’s hope. It’s not a death sentence at all….There’s so many things available to you to help manage and modulate the symptoms that you’re feeling. Even just adding a vegetable today would be helpful.” [44:35]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook
Follow Alissa on Instagram | Facebook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
There are controversial topics in the world of nutrition. Today, we’ll be diving headfirst into one of them. I’m joined by Registered Dietitian Nutritionist Alma Simmons to discuss if there is a place for intuitive eating when it comes to weight loss.
About Alma Simmons
Alma is a bilingual Registered Dietitian Nutritionist and founder of Inspired Soul Nutrition LLC. She has over 12 years of professional experience and has counseled hundreds of patients and clients in the fields of maternal and infant health, lactation, and chronic disease management. Alma has also taught many nutrition and healthy lifestyle courses in both languages English and Spanish.
Alma’s mission is to empower women over 40 to transform their overall health through lifestyle nutrition. In her private practice, she teaches her clients how to master flexible nutrition and lifestyle so they can end the cycles of chronic dieting and lose weight without deprivation. As a result, they are able to live a nourished, healthy and vibrant life.
Knowing When Losing Weight Matters
There are a lot of different body sizes out there. We can be healthy with many of these. Unfortunately, our culture has some harmful ideas about what a “proper” body size should be, especially for women.
That being said, there is research to indicate that there is a certain point when too much body fat becomes unhealthy. For many people, losing some of this fat will result in metabolic improvements.
Alma and I discuss how to help people lose unhealthy levels of fat in a physically and emotionally healthy way. That means getting out of the cycle of dieting and finding sustainable ways to eat healthily.
Preparing People to Live Healthy Lives
Alma shares how she helps people avoid getting stuck in diet cycles. A lot of it comes down to education. When we understand the basic principles of nutrition, we can take better ownership of what we eat.
This gets to the root of healthy eating. We talk about how to make informed food choices. This can be hard when so much unhealthy food is readily available.
Alma explains that there are severe limitations to using intuitive eating for weight loss. However, some of its principles, when thoughtfully applied, foster a healthy lifestyle. Weight loss, in turn, comes as a result of a healthy lifestyle.
What principles of intuitive eating do you think support a healthy lifestyle? Do you feel that there are benefits to losing a degree of body fat? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Alma’s unconventional path into nutrition [5:15]
- Why some rifts exist between nutritionists [10:20]
- The impacts of having an excessive amount of body fat [16:50]
- Helping people lose weight by teaching them the principles of nutrition [28:10]
- How chronic diseases and diet culture can vary by population [31:30]
- Considering the impact our health choices have on the larger community [40:40]
Quotes
“You can actually lose weight sustainably using a balanced lifestyle approach. You are a product of your habits.” [15:46]
“I really want to teach you how to honor and respect your body. We can then go from there and follow the process on what it truly takes if you want to improve your health and lose weight in a sustainable manner.” [27:59]
“I think we’re basing it all on appearance and not on true health and lifestyle and not considering how physical and mental health is just as important too.” [40:24]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Alma on Facebook | Instagram
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
My business wouldn't be where it is today if it were not for podcasting. It has helped me grow and expand my ability to reach people like nothing else. If you have your own podcast, want to start one, or just want to bring your best to interviews, today’s guest has some amazing advice for you.
About Michelle Sorro
Michelle is a former TV Retail Host with $220 million dollars in live TV sales turned Transformational Trainer & Digital CEO. She built a 7-figure business by helping experts start and scale a high integrity online impact with master mindset tools, ethical live video sales, and purposeful podcasts.
Michelle’s trainings have generated millions in revenue for her clients, from emerging coaches and experts to established entrepreneurs, former pro athletes, and a US presidential candidate. Michelle is the host of The Fire & Soul Podcast, a top ten in self-development, and is on a mission to empower millions to awaken to their infinite potential.
Getting in the Best Mindframe for Podcasting
Both Michelle and I understand that it’s normal to feel nervous when podcasting. People often compare themselves to famous interviewers, forgetting that everyone was new to this at some point. Michelle wants us to silence interview jitters by remembering that, in the end, it’s just a conversation.
By staying in the present moment and imagining that this is just a normal chat you’ll calm your nerves. Also, recognize that your nerves are a sign that you care about what you’re talking about. When the jitters start, Michelle wants us to take a break to reset so we can come to the interview ready for the conversation to just flow.
You Have it in You to Share Your Voice
A common hang-up for new podcasters is their voice. Many of us are self-conscious about how we sound. This is natural and it shouldn’t stop you. Michelle shares some tips for finding your register and getting grounded so you can confidently and consistently sound good.
More than anything else, Michelle believes the key to success is self-love. When you accept yourself, you’ll find that you can be your biggest cheerleader. You’re doing what you do to help others and that’s amazing. Believe in yourself and your message and the confidence to broadcast it to the world will follow.
Have you dealt with pre-interview jitters? Tell me how you addressed them in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Michelle became an authority in podcasting [3:40]
- Calming the pre-interview jitters [9:50]
- Finding and harnessing your podcasting voice [15:00]
- Using your authenticity to get people’s attention [22:40]
- Practical first-steps for starting your podcast [31:15]
Quotes
“I didn’t know how it would go, what it would look like. I was overwhelmed. I was a total technophobe. I was just willing to begin and suck until I got better.” [7:05]
“Allow yourself to be imperfect. Take yourself off the hook. Stop comparing yourself to who you think you should sound like.” [17:18]
“A great leader knows they’re not perfect but accepts themselves in their journey of growth and to be on their journey to be better than they were before.” [22:14]
“If this is truly part of our legacy and it’s how we want to reach more people, then the legacy doesn’t have an expiration - there’s no rush.” [40:48]
“This is why we really can change the world by being brave enough to put ourselves out there and to do what most won’t in order to be part of that change.” [41:40]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook
Follow Michelle on Instagram | Linkedin | Facebook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Often, any little change that you can make to perform better is going to make a difference. This is particularly true when it comes to sleeping. Even if you get a lot of sleep each night, it may not be the best quality of sleep. Today’s guest breaks down what good sleep is and how to get it.
About Lexie Gray
Lexie Gray is a Nutritional Therapy Practitioner and Certified Personal Trainer who believes in making healthy living simple. She works alongside women who love strength training to help them improve their sleep with sustainable diet and lifestyle changes for enhanced energy and real results. Through 1 on 1 and group coaching, Lexie realized that quality of sleep was her clients' biggest hurdle to successful change. Her holistic health coaching program focuses on less stress and more sleep for happier women with healthier habits.
Knowing if the Sleep You’re Getting is the Right Kind
In this episode, Lexie talks about the body’s many clocks and how they work in sync with each other. This all ties into the circadian rhythm. When this rhythm is disrupted by stress, diet, genetics, or anything else, a whole bunch of negative consequences follows.
But how do you know you’re not sleeping well. Fatigue is one obvious sign. Lexie describes other signs to look for as well. Blood sugar crashes, hormonal imbalances, and not seeing the results you’re looking for when exercising are all signs that you’re not getting the sleep your body needs.
How to Improve Your Quality of Sleep
This isn’t to say that there’s little to be done to boost your quality of sleep. Certain lifestyle habits will improve circadian rhythms. These include getting the right exposure to light and darkness, maintaining proper temperatures, eating well.
Although one of the best things we can do for our sleep habits is to sync them with natural light patterns, this can be nearly impossible to do with a modern lifestyle. Lexie talks about habits and gadgets that will help. From using blue light blockers to doing calming activities before bedtime, there are methods for improving sleep.
What is one thing you can change to support better sleep? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Lexie found her interest in helping women overcome sleep challenges [3:15]
- How circadian rhythms are part of a complex system [6:30]
- Lifestyle habits that will impact circadian rhythms [9:50]
- Identifying the signs of poor sleep [17:00]
- The connection between stress and sleep [26:30]
- Easily instituting healthy sleep habits with a good routine [30:50]
Quotes
“This is a huge issue. A lot of women are not able to sleep enough or getting good quality sleep. Even if you’re sleeping a ton and waking up tired, there’s something to work on there.” [5:07]
“The master clock is overseeing the whole body. But the pancreas, and the gut, and the liver are also sending feedback to the master clock. They’re all definitely connected.” [9:05]
“Because our circadian rhythm is affected by stress, so is sleep.” [27:00]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your FREE Profit Planning Workbook!
Follow Lexie on Instagram | Pinterest | Facebook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
It’s hard to believe that this is the one-hundredth episode of this podcast. I’ve certainly learned a lot while making them. In fact, as someone whose been producing content for ten years, I have a lot of lessons I could share. So for this episode, I want to tell you about some important concepts to help you in your success.
Being Consistent and Comfortable With Content
First, you need to understand the importance of being consistent. If you want to have a successful online business, you have to commit to some form of content creation. Lately, for me, that’s been podcasting. Whatever it is for you, be consistent with your offerings so that clients can rely on you.
You may feel nervous when you put new content out there. I certainly do. However, I’ve learned that this is just fine. It takes a certain degree of discomfort to move forward. This will help build confidence so that you can silence both your inner and outer critics.
I put out a lot of free content. This is important to me because I feel that everyone should have access to my content. Sure, free content is a marketing strategy. However, it can also make a huge difference for people who can’t afford paid offerings.
Being Prepared and Scheduled for Success
Spending some time preparing your material in advance leads to better content. Set some time aside for planning. If you value what you put out there, being prepared is the best way to ensure its quality.
For me, I find keeping a schedule is the key to making this all happen. If I don’t block out time to create, it just won’t happen. To consistently create content, treat it like a regular appointment in your calendar.
Keep It Simple Silly
Just because you’re creating content on a regular basis, doesn’t mean it has to be new each time. Coming up with novel content every time will exhaust you. There’s value in repetition. Just present it in different formats. This reinforces your messages and makes them more accessible to your audience.
The better you know your audience, the easier it will be to create content. Get specific on who you serve and you’ll better understand their challenges, interests, and goals.
As your audience grows, it’s crucial to set up boundaries. You don’t have to share everything. People don’t need to know everything about you for you to be able to help them. So decide what is worth sharing and what’s better left unsaid.
With all this being said, it’s always best to keep things as simple as possible. Take complex topics and communicate them in simple ways. That’s what your audience is looking for. That’s what will help everyone the most.
Which one of these lessons resonates with you? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- The importance of consistency [4:15]
- Getting comfortable with a certain amount of discomfort [9:50]
- Ignoring the haters who want to hold you back [15:15]
- How free content is a great way to help everyone [24:30]
- Why you should prepare as much as possible in advance [30:45]
- How a schedule will help get things done [34:40]
- The value of being repetitive [37:50]
- Why having a narrow niche makes creation easier [41:55]
- Establishing the right boundaries for you [45:20]
- Why keeping it simple is best [50:45]
Quotes
“Consistency is the name of the game. I’ve been consistently creating either blogs, podcasts, or social media pretty much nonstop since 2011.” [4:19]
“If you want to have a successful online business, you have to commit to some form of content creation.” [4:53]
“It doesn’t get easier to create content. You just get better.” [9:51]
“It’s better to set aside a regular block of time to create content rather than just posting on the fly whenever you feel like it.” [31:55]
“You can repeat content all the time. It’s not bad. It’s actually a good thing. Repetition helps your clients learn better and understand what you’re teaching on a deeper level.” [41:07]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Your Profitable Nutrition Niche Workshop
Get the FREE Profit Planning Workbook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Like any workout, endurance sports require fuel. In fact, not getting the proper nutrition before and after a run can cause hormone, thyroid, and gut issues. Today’s guest is here to tell you how and when to get the best nutrition for an optimal high-endurance workout.
About Jackie Kirchner
Jackie is a Registered Dietitian who works with enthusiastic dedicated distance runners who want to fuel their bodies better so they can improve endurance and fitness, increase energy, and run faster.
As both a successful distance runner herself and an expert in sports nutrition, Jackie is taking all the things she knows about eating right and running well to bring you the tools you need to fuel better and run faster.
Getting the Fuel You Need
It takes a lot of energy to run. Many runners aren’t getting enough fuel. It’s easy to underestimate how much energy we actually burn on a daily basis. This is especially the case when it comes to carbohydrates, fats, and protein.
Jackie explains how to make sure you’re getting the proper amount of these nutrients as your needs increase. The more you run, the higher the number of calories you get from carbohydrates will increase too.
The Importance of Timing When Eating
It’s not sufficient to simply eat the right foods. When you eat in relation to when you run is also important. Many people aren’t hungry after running. However, 30 to 60 minutes after a run is the optimal time to recover nutritionally. Eating the right balance of nutrients at this time will help you recover better and prepare you for your next run.
It’s also crucial to get the right fuel before a run. This is hard for many people who find running after eating uncomfortable. Jacke explains how to train your gut to get used to having some food in it. She suggests starting small with just a few bites of something easy to digest. As time goes on, gradually increase what you eat and you’ll be fully fueled to run.
How do you stay fueled for endurance activities? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Jackie found her passion in nutrition for runners [3:00]
- What makes the nutritional needs of female runners unique [7:00]
- The importance of getting the right nutrients before running [18:15]
- The helpful and harmful effects of sugar [23:50]
- Losing weight in a healthy way with running [34:17]
- Is carb-loading something runners need to do? [38:40]
Quotes
“As your energy needs go up, naturally your carbohydrate needs go up. Also, the percentage of calories that you eat from carbohydrates goes up as your mileage goes up as well.” [10:04]
“There are a lot of people who don’t recover properly and they just feel lousy the rest of the day. They just don’t have energy to do anything else... But if you take that time to recover, eat a snack and give yourself some calories, you’re going to feel so much better.” [12:39]
“Are you going to work on weight loss or are you going to work on your performance? The way you fuel is going to be a little bit different depending on your end goal.“ [35:58]
“It doesn’t have to be super-complicated. Eat food you enjoy. You don’t have to follow strict rules... Have fun with it!” [45:51]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Download the FREE Profit Planning Workbook
Follow Jackie on Instagram
Book a Discovery Call with Jackie
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
The landscape for fitness and nutrition business owners has certainly changed in the past year and a half. Many of us have been forced to pivot into an online businesses. Today’s guest is a personal trainer who has navigated these changing times and wants to explain how you can too.
About Becca Daniel
In 2014, Becca packed up her kettlebells and her Bengal cat and moved from Minneapolis to Los Angeles to pursue a fitness training career. While working at a women’s gym, she noticed that even with solid programming and consistency, some of her clients were still getting stuck. So she got curious.
Becca noticed that the aesthetics-based fitness and diet culture was causing her clients frustration as they chased societal standards of smaller bodies and unrealistic expectations. She began the work of shifting her own mindset and found freedom once she was able to focus on what her body could do instead of focusing on what it looked like as her main metric of success.
Now, she encourages women to question the standards of fitness we see portrayed in the media and from the billion-dollar fitness industry, and approach workouts from a place of alignment, love, and acceptance instead. Becca believes that fitness isn’t a look and that working out doesn’t need to be about changing your body. It can simply be about enjoying movement, feeling good, and getting better at getting older.
The Freedom of an Online Practice
Although many of us miss the in-person gym experience, there are some positives to online practices. Becca discovered some of these after pivoting to only working online. For starters, fewer clients missed sessions. Many even prefer to meet online since it avoids the hassle of commuting to the gym. It also allows for greater customization of programs to meet clients’ needs.
Both Becca and I have found that the level of opportunity that having an online business affords outways many of the positives of in-person businesses. We now have a level of freedom to make our own schedules and build a new level of flexibility into our lives.
An Opportunity for Growth
It’s undeniable that the COVID pandemic has caused more hardships than otherwise. However, it has been a boon for those of us who want to move our businesses online. Many clients now know what to expect and are more comfortable with online setups.
Just like working out, a lot of what we have to do with our businesses is uncomfortable. Growth involves discomfort. Becca describes how this is a good thing. The pandemic has certainly pushed many of us into discomfort. There will be those of us who resist this and there are those of us who look for opportunities in it.
Have you moved all or part of your practice online? Tell me about it in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Becca’s original motivation to become a personal trainer [8:00]
- What drove Becca to take her business online [11:20]
- The type of freedom that comes with having an online business [22:40]
- How being online allows your business to expand [25:40]
- Providing a greater degree of customization for clients [30:20]
- Balancing discomfort with growth [41:20]
- Relying on faith to achieve our goals [51:00]
Quotes
“After a while of doing online, my clients became so used to it. The feedback that I got was that this is so much more convenient.” [16:12]
“I’m not saying COVID was a good thing. But for me, it gave me that little push that I needed to take that step and it gave me a reason to finally make the transition to have a business that’s 100% online.” [17:37]
“The value that I add is it’s me. Even though you’re going to my classes, we’re going to have a personal relationship. I’m going to get to know you.” [34:20]
“Part of faith is understanding and accepting that it might not be done exactly how we think it should be done or that it will be done. So we have to be open to knowing that we’re here to prepare for what God has for us.” [53:17]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
The Nutrition Business Accelerator
Follow Becca on Instagram | YouTube
7-day Free Trial for unlimited access to Becca’s Live classes
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Welcome to part two of my two-part series covering what sets successful nutrition entrepreneurs apart. There are actions and beliefs that separate the successful from the struggling. Today, I explain five of these so you can start your journey to success right away.
The Downside of Discounts
The first thing I want you to do is to stop giving discounts. A lot of new nutrition entrepreneurs discount their services in an effort to convince clients to buy.
I don’t believe that this is a way to build confidence in your services. You shouldn’t have to discount your program at all in order to sell it. A successful nutritionist is confident in the value that they provide and they stand firm in their prices.
Your Money Mindset is Crucial
It’s also crucial to be upfront and authentic in how you promote what you do. If you truly believe in your business, you’ll understand how important it is to use it to help others. You won’t worry about the criticism. Your clients will pick up on this too.
Feeling bad about charging for what you do often stems from having some hang-ups around money. I know struggling entrepreneurs who feel guilty about taking money for their services. This leads to undervaluing what you do. Understand that you provide value and that value is worth something.
Stay in Your Zone of Genius and Invest in Yourself
Once you start making money, you may feel that you have to do all the work yourself. Struggling nutritionists do everything themselves and never feel like they have enough time. Successful nutritionists know how to stay in their zone of genius and eliminate, automate, or delegate everything else.
This gets to my final point. You need to invest in yourself. It’s something that successful nutritionists do. They invest in coaching and mentorships as soon as possible. If you wait until you feel you have enough money to spend on it, you’ll likely never get there. It’s these investments that will ultimately move your business forward.
Which of these five traits resonate the most with you? Let me know in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Why discounts are not the way to go [6:00]
- Being authentic in how you promote yourself [10:40]
- Understanding the value of what you offer [16:40]
- Becoming the owner of your time [23:50]
- Why now is the time to invest in yourself [31:30]
Quotes
“I promise that you do not need to create shady discounts and pretend deals to get somebody excited to say yes to working with you. The most important thing is that both people feel excited about what they are investing in.” [10:01]
“If you’re afraid to talk about your services publicly, I wonder have you ever asked yourself why. Is it because you feel bad asking for a service you’re going to provide?” [10:52]
“Successful nutritionists know that money is simply a form of energy and they’re excited to offer incredible value in exchange for a premium investment.” [16:52]
“You deserve to have a business that nourishes you too. Part of that is nourishing yourself financially.” [22:22]
“Beyond sheer luck, how are you going to save up enough money to invest in your business if you're not really making any money? How are you going to make more money if you don’t know how?” [33:16]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Join the FREE Live 3-Part Training Series for Nutrition and Dietitian Entrepreneurs
The Nutrition Business Accelerator
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
There are successful nutrition entrepreneurs and there are struggling ones. In my years in this business, I’ve identified ten principles that set them apart. In this, the first part of a two-part series, I explain how to set yourself up for lasting success.
Take Action in Order to Find Clarity
First and particularly foremost, I’ve seen that successful nutrition entrepreneurs understand the importance of taking action. Too often, we’re paralyzed by a lack of clarity. We want to be able to envision things clearly to the end before we start.
Instead, we should take action before we see where we’re heading. We can’t wait for perfection to come before action. No matter how good your plan may seem, once it’s put into action, circumstances will change. So start doing what you need to do today. You can always make adjustments and reassess along the way.
Finding Your Perfect Clients and Empowering Them
The next thing to consider is who your ideal client is. When just starting out, many entrepreneurs are eager to say yes to every opportunity. However, when you take on the wrong clients, you end up wasting your time and theirs. I explain how to say no when a potential client isn’t a good fit.
Once you find your right clients, it’s up to you to give them the power they need. Remember, you can’t do the work for them. They are the ones who are ultimately responsible for their results. It is your job to provide them the resources for success and to be their guide.
Be Unique and Ignore the Haters
Successful nutritionists will lean into their unique qualities. If you try to imitate other successful nutritionists, you’ll never set yourself apart. You’ll end up downplaying your strengths pretending to be someone you’re not. That’s why I urge everyone to identify their unique traits and highlight those.
Finally, I’ve seen that successful nutritionists put their clients before their reputations. They’re more focused on serving than proving themselves. This may mean that you’ll have to deal with criticism at times. Yet, if you are going to set yourself apart and truly help your clients, you’ll need to leave the haters behind.
Which of these five traits do you need help in? Let me know in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How taking action leads to clarity, not the other way around [6:30]
- Being clear on who the right client for you is [9:58]
- Helping your clients by empowering them [14:37]
- Finding success in what makes you unique [22:20]
- How successful nutritionists care more about helping their clients than proving themselves to their peers [28:00]
Quotes
“The first thing that successful nutritionists do is know that action creates clarity, not the other way around.” [6:32]
“Successful nutrition entrepreneurs have learned how to balance using a proven plan with taking messy action. It’s not that they don’t have a plan whatsoever. It’s that they don’t expect to have everything perfectly figured out before they do the work.” [7:03]
“If you’re waiting until something is perfect before you put it out in the world… you’re going to be waiting forever because it will never be perfect.” [8:25]
“Your clients are the ones ultimately responsible for their results. What you are responsible for is to guide them and coach them in the best way that you possibly can.” [21:27]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Save your spot in the FREE Live 3-Part Training Series for Nutrition and Dietitian Entrepreneurs
The Nutrition Business Accelerator
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
The relationship that you have with your body is the most important that you’ll ever have. For many women, being able to build your life around your menstrual cycle allows you to harness your hormones so they work in your favor. Today’s guest explains how it’s done.
About Berrion Berry
Berrion Berry is a menstrual health educator, certified integrative health practitioner, and the creator of Optimize Your Flo. She helps modern women have simple and uncomplicated periods. From hormone balancing to cycle syncing, to mood-enhancing and self-healing, Berrion covers it all and is excited to help you have your best period yet.
Listen to What Your Menstrual Cycle is Saying
In this episode, Berrion explains what your menstrual cycle serves to remind you of. It is a window into your overall health. When you know the signs to look for, it shows you problems that might be missed otherwise.
With this in mind, understand that your period is a time to slow down. It is empowering when you understand what your cycle is communicating. In addition to telling you if something is wrong, being in tune with your cycle is also a way to enhance life.
Syncing Your Life to Your Cycle
Berrion talks about how to use your cycle as a blueprint to align your workflow with your energy flow. When menstruating, your energy levels are usually at their lowest. This is the time to get clear on your visions and goals.
After menstruation but before ovulation you’ll likely have more energy. This is when you should create and make strategic plans. During ovulation, energy will surge making it the time to communicate and put plans into action. Finally, consider PMS to be a time to evaluate and analyze. Berrion has found that utilizing your cycle this way as an entrepreneur leads to higher performance and satisfaction.
How can you start syncing the way you run your business to your cycle? Let me know in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Berrion found her passion in hormones and women’s health [2:55]
- Why your period can be your best friend [6:04]
- How to use your cycle to build a routine [11:00]
- Planning around an unpredictable period [17:00]
- Tips for syncing your calendar to your cycle [26:04]
- Overcoming the fears that come with comparison [35:10]
- Getting inspiration to do your own thing from someone else’s framework [47:12]
Quotes
“Just flow. That is what our menstrual cycle is a reminder to do. Flow is a state of mind. It’s what our body does and how we can live our life.” [34:50]
“Acknowledging and admiring someone else’s framework and then tweaking it for yours is ultimately what happens and helps so much for entrepreneurship.” [48:44]
“I appreciate that slowness to life. I appreciate my seasons of high energy and output and seasons of low energy and low output. If you find out what it is that matters to you and build from there, you’re able to accomplish so much more.” [53:10]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Berrion on Instagram
Flow with Berrion Berry Podcast
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Have you ever felt like your body is broken because it doesn’t work “normally”? This is a common feeling for women with digestive and gut issues. Today’s guest is passionate about reframing that belief so that true and lasting healing can happen.
About Natalie K. Douglas
Natalie K. Douglas is a qualified holistic dietitian and nutritionist, speaker, and host of The Holistic Nutritionists podcast.
Through her successful online programs, Thyroid Rescue and Gut Rescue, and in her fully-booked clinical practice, Natalie helps women experiencing thyroid, gut, and hormonal issues reclaim their energy, transform their digestive health, and balance their hormones so they can live happy, healthy and empowered lives.
Her results-focused, holistic approach combines the power of functional testing, real food, smart supplementation, movement, stress and sleep management, and emotional and spiritual wellbeing.
Natalie has completed further study in naturopathy and functional medicine and is also a certified yoga teacher and fitness instructor.
Using the Language of Healing
Sadly, for many chronically ill people with invisible illnesses, the belief that you are broken is common. Natalie describes how these beliefs often present physically and make matters worse.
To work against this, Natalie teaches her clients to rethink the words they use. She provides examples of using empowering language to foster change. When language is centered on healing, people can better see their worth and identity.
By using empowering language, we can remove ourselves from the victim mentality. We can then take ownership of our health and recovery.
Preparing Clients for Success
Natalie’s work centers on helping people interpret the messages that their body is sending. This starts with providing the necessary information, strategies, and tools. However, after a certain point, Natalie as the practitioner steps back so that her patients can empower themselves to heal. After all, the end goal is for patients to become independent in their health journey.
How can you reframe your mindset through the words you use? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Natalie found her interest in women’s health and nutrition [5:30]
- How women show up when they feel like their body is broken [12:30]
- How beliefs of a broken body physically manifest [14:15]
- Using language to support a change in mindset [17:33]
- Having faith that everything will work out [26:13]
- Why group programs can improve the healing process [28:58]
- How much access is the right amount for a client to have with their practitioner [38:00]
Quotes
“From the emotional perspective, being able to connect really deeply with people’s stories and how they might be feeling - I think there’s power in people being seen and heard, sometimes for the first time ever.” [11:32]
“There’s so much power in our language and in our words. That creates our actions and creates the energy around our actions as well.” [22:01]
“Health, healing, everything is so multifaceted and if you’re in any extreme you miss something.” [28:47]
“When eventually they’re not working with me, which is the end goal, they still have that same inner-strength as opposed to still having someone else there.” [42:02]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get on the Business By Design waitlist!
Find Natalie K. Douglas online
Follow Natalie on Instagram | Facebook
The Holistic Nutritionists podcast
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
A purpose-driven life is all about taking chances. Whether in business, health or just about anything else, your own intuition is your best guide to this. Today’s guest explains how her own life’s experience has taught her this important lesson.
About Lucia Harmeling, RD
Lucia Harmeling is a body attunement dietitian, author, yoga instructor, and women’s empowerment coach. She worked in the Houston Medical Center as a clinical dietitian for seven years, dedicating her last three to oncology nutrition.
She is now the founder and owner of Savorli, LLC, whose mission is to help women ditch dieting, self-hatred, and self-limiting beliefs. She stands for body diversity, holistic health, and living a passionate life.
The Power That Comes From Trusting Yourself
As dietitians, Lucia and I could simply tell our patients what to eat. In fact, many ask us for this. However, doing so does nothing to empower people to learn how to feed themselves and tap into their own intuition. As experts, we can provide guidance. However, results are best when individuals are able to trust their gut.
This certainly requires a degree of faith and trust. You don’t know how something is going to wind up until after the fact. Yet, through our experiences, we’ve found that sometimes you just have to take the action that feels right. The more you learn to trust yourself, the more comfortable the act will become.
Your Vulnerability Helps You and Other People Too
Having faith in your own intuition requires a degree of vulnerability. Your success or failure depends on the chances you take. This vulnerability can also serve others. Lucia discusses how being open and sharing her story has helped others find the strength and confidence they need to start their own healing journeys.
The truth is, we all struggle. Yet, when we pretend that all is perfect in our lives, we cut off the possibility of forming authentic relationships. Lucia describes how being open with her own struggles has helped her form deeper connections. When people know that you’ve been through something similar, they can find more confidence in undertaking their own journey.
How has listening to your intuition led you to success? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Lucia found her passion in the connection between intuitive eating and intuitive living [1:30]
- The purpose of intuition for an entrepreneur [5:00]
- Finding joy in uncertainty [11:40]
- The importance of having a strong support system [15:00]
- How sharing her story helped Lucia find her purpose and heal [19:40]
- Being vulnerable in order to help others [31:15]
- Tips for recovering from an emotionally intense session with a client [40:35]
- Having understanding and compassion for the process [46:35]
Quotes
“I've never made a decision going with my gut feeling and had it go against me, but I have made decisions that didn’t feel right that definitely weren’t right.” [5:54]
“In order to move forward, you have to get uncomfortable.” [12:03]
“When we’re vulnerable and raw, that’s when we connect the most with people. Everyone has their own struggles and their own challenges. If we always appear perfect, no one can connect with us.” [31:37]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get your Free Profit Planning Workbook
Follow Lucia on Instagram | Facebook
Intuitively Full by Lucia Hamerling
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
We all have goals. Yet, it takes consistency to achieve any worthwhile objective. Whether they are health or business-related, today's guest shares how she stays consistent in her efforts to achieve whatever she sets her mind to. If you have a big goal but are feeling unsure about how to take action, this episode is for you.
About Kritikaa Agnani, RD
Kritikaa Agnani is a Registered Dietitian with a Master of Clinical Nutrition degree, and experience in caring for patients both in the hospital and one-on-one setting. Her specialties include weight loss and athletic performance.
Kritikaa discovered her passion for educating after she taught the course "Nutrition and Diet Therapy" at Collin Community College. She then began to create educational YouTube videos to combat common nutrition myths and misconceptions.
Her goal is to help people create a healthier, more connected relationship with food and to make quality nutrition education more accessible. In her free time, she enjoys weight training and playing the piano.
Finding The Right Information For Your Health
In this episode, we begin by discussing the pitfalls of misinformation. A lot of the nutrition literature online presents itself as one-size-fits-all simple solutions. However, the reality is much more nuanced. It's tough to know what is credible and what applies to you in particular. Kritikaa explains how she goes about discerning helpful from unhelpful and fact from fiction.
Is Weight-Loss the Right Approach to Health?
We also talk about a controversial topic in the world of nutrition: whether intentional weight loss can ever be healthy. The fact of the matter is that sometimes it is healthy and sometimes it isn't - it all depends on the individual.
Everyone has a different body, different genetics, a different lifestyle. There are some instances when it is better to lose some weight to improve metabolic health and there are times when that would be unhealthy. Kritikaa explains the subtleties of her approach to helping her patients determine what’s best for them.
Establishing Habits As The Way To Achieving Goals
As far as making and working towards goals are concerned, we discuss the importance of building habits and setting realistic expectations. Kritikaa and I know the importance of focusing on implementing habits rather than strictly worrying about the outcome. The things we put effort into take time. It may be months or even years before you see results. This can apply to weight-loss goals as well as your goals to have a successful business.
Perhaps the hardest part of this is staying motivated when the day-to-day progress is hard to see. Kritikaa’s main piece of advice is to make the process itself enjoyable. Find an exercise or routine you enjoy. See the process of whatever you’re doing as joyful. If you see exercise or work as merely something that you have to do, then it will be hard to stay motivated.
How do you establish habits that you enjoy doing? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How an unhealthy relationship with body-image led Kritikaa into a career in nutrition [3:40]
- How to avoid falling for bad health information [5:30]
- Whether or not intentional weight-loss can ever be healthy [7:30]
- Common and harmful myths in nutrition and health [18:05]
- Establishing smaller enjoyable habits to achieve big goals [22:33]
- Kritikaa’s mission to become a voice of truth in the health and wellness space [29:45]
- Tips for anyone who wants to start a YouTube channel for their business [31:08]
- Dealing with the fear of criticism when creating content [35:13]
Quotes
“People would really benefit if we learned that organic doesn’t necessarily mean healthier.” [19:23]
“I think I’m just so passionate about spreading the evidence-based information and the right information so that people don’t harm their bodies and do what I did as a kid.” [30:45]
“You’re going to be judged no matter what, so why not put your opinions out there? Put everything out there and maybe you’re going to be helping a lot of people.” [35:07]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Kritikaa on YouTube | Instagram
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Through my practice and studies, I’ve seen the importance of identity when it comes to habit change. The function of our bodies is so often tied to the habits that we have. Today’s guest makes it her mission to help her clients dig into their identities to get to the root of their gut issues and reclaim their ability to thrive.
About Victoria Coglianese, RD
Victoria is a Registered Dietitian and business owner of Wonderfully Made Nutrition. She practices a functional nutrition approach to help people with chronic gut health issues, autoimmunity, and PCOS to overcome their conditions by addressing underlying gut and hormone root causes.
She believes wholeheartedly that each person has an innate capability to thrive, and we can reclaim that by learning to confidently make connections between what our bodies experience and our food choices, health behaviors, stressors, and mindset.
Victoria considers her work a true mission in life to help people finally find freedom from complex health issues and renew their hope that they have been truly wonderfully made.
The Connection of Faith and Entrepreneurship
As a health and wellness entrepreneur, Victoria knows what it means to take chances. There are certainly times when the future seems uncertain. Victoria describes how her faith allows her to take risks and trust that God will provide.
The truth is, as an entrepreneur you have to find it within yourself to continue on when things get tough. Knowing that your clients rely on you and you will only succeed through your own hard work can be a lot of weight to carry. This is where Victoria finds her faith to be an integral part of her continued success.
Mindset, Weight-gain, and Your Health
We also talk about a topic that is central to Victoria’s work: unwanted weight gain. At the root of her approach is mindset which centers on three Fs - faith, food, and function. Simply put, it is our beliefs that inform how we eat, which in turn affects how our bodies function.
With this in mind, Victoria explains how being aware of yourself - your moods and feelings - throughout the day is central to reclaiming your vitality. Nothing is too small to ignore or desire for improvement. When you focus on your wellbeing and make it a priority, true and lasting healing will result.
How does faith play a role in your health? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How her own history of disordered eating and gut issues led Victoria into a career of helping others deal with theirs [4:00]
- The role that faith plays in entrepreneurship [10:30]
- The hidden causes of unwanted weight-gain [15:17]
- Why it’s not selfish to focus on your own health needs [22:44]
- The role of self-discipline in healing [32:18]
- The place of prayer in overcoming gut problems [41:55]
Quotes
“I really see food for what it is as being a real gift from God to nourish us and as a means for healing our bodies.” [6:25]
“If we’re mind, body, and spirit, then we truly are and nothing is separated. No health behavior or action is too small to pray about.” [27:19]
“We need to dig deeper. We really need to get to the route cause. And I believe that the Lord wants that for us.” [43:22]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Find Victoria Coglianese online
Follow Victoria on Instagram | Facebook | Pinterest | Linkedin
Get Victoria’s free guide - “The Top 3 Reasons Why You’re Not Losing Weight”
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Since everyone’s situation is different, there is no single protocol that can address each person’s digestive issues. Today’s guest helps her clients heal their gut by building their own mindful eating habits through intuitive eating.
About Claire Carlton
Claire Carlton is a Registered Dietitian specializing in nutrition for digestive disorders. She works with women 1-on-1 in her virtual private practice, Nourish with Claire. As a specialist in nutrition for gastrointestinal health, she guides clients through her signature Gut Health Blueprint framework to unearth the root of chronic symptoms and help them discover lasting wellness.
With a Master’s degree in Nutrition combined with additional training in the areas of Integrative and Functional Medicine Nutrition and Intuitive Eating, Claire has created a holistic approach that focuses on one’s relationship with food while integrating nutrition and lifestyle strategies that address the root cause of their health concerns. Her method allows clients to step away from diet culture while they create mindful and sustainable habits to support their health and wellness goals.
Recognize What Nourishment Means to You
In this episode, Claire explains how she helps her clients get lasting results with a comprehensive approach. It starts with a thorough assessment to determine what’s going on in their gut and their relationship with food.
Once it is understood what’s actually going on, Claire works with her clients to recognize their internal queues concerning how to nourish their bodies. Once that’s done, we can start learning and implementing habits that both fit into your lifestyle while providing healing relief.
Solutions Through Mindful Eating
Claire has a lot of strategies that she uses to help strengthen the brain-gut connection. When you mindfully chew your food, notice aromas, and pay attention to the food's textures, flavors, and colors, digestion actually does improve. This all gets down to creating more awareness around the sensory experience that eating truly is.
Meditation is also a way to enhance the gut-brain connection. It forces us to slow down and come out of stress mode. Anything that engages the vagus nerve (which connects the gut and brain), such as gargling, singing, laughing, and taking cold showers can also help strengthen this important connection.
What mindful practice can you start doing to help your digestive health? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Claire found her passion in intuitive eating and digestive health [3:35]
- Why functional nutrition and intuitive eating complement each other [7:18]
- The benefits and limitations of medical testing [9:58]
- Focusing on identity to help drive behavioral change [12:45]
- Behaviors that can lead to gut issues [16:30]
- How stress impacts gut health [22:10]
- Strategies to improve the gut-brain connection [25:02]
- Why bloating should not be normalized [27:35]
- How nutrition, mindfulness, and the microbiome come together to create better digestive health [31:24]
- Why intuitive eating is best when it’s individualized [35:30]
- Advice for learning how to work with gut health patients [39:52]
Quotes
“When we can figure out what exactly is going on in a client’s gut, what imbalances are there, we can tailor interventions specifically for that rather than just continuing to guess and pull foods from their diet.” [9:19]
“It’s not your fault that you’re binging or you’re ‘overeating’ at the end of the day. It’s a primal response to being under-nourished.” [18:30]
“Tolerance to food is going to improve when you support the gut. Then you can bypass a lot of those restrictive diets working on your gut health and microbiome.” [38:08]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Claire on Instagram | Facebook
Five Common Pitfalls That Actually Worsen Gut Health and What to Do Instead
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
For many in the nutrition business, running an event is a great way to connect with an audience and build credibility. There is a lot that goes into creating a successful event and not all of it is that obvious. As somebody who has run many events, my guest today has some great advice for anyone thinking of putting it on their own.
About Valerie Agyeman
Valerie Agyeman is a Women’s Health Dietitian and Founder of Flourish Heights, a nutrition practice empowering women in health and wellness. She helps them understand the powerful relationship between what they eat and how their body looks, feels, and functions so they can make wiser, conscious choices, and establish a healthy relationship with food and their body.
Through her platform, Valerie has organized workshops and events that have brought hundreds of women together locally and internationally to inspire change, educate, and build stronger, healthier communities.
Where to Start When Hosting an Event
Whether in-person or virtual, live events are a great way to form connections. However, there are a lot of moving parts to arrange. Valerie explains how she coordinates between the many people involved to make it all come together.
Most of all, Valerie recommends just taking the plunge. If you want to run an event, try it out. You can start small with a short virtual event to test the waters and build your confidence. After that, you can build to something bigger as you see fit. The most important part is having the belief that you can make it happen.
The Many Benefits of Events
We also discuss the many benefits of running events. First of all, they help connect you with your unique audience and make industry connections. They also establish you as an expert in your field and allow you to build a name for yourself. With events, you get to expand your reach and make a bigger impact on your community and beyond.
That is ultimately what inspires Valerie the most. The value she finds in helping a community is the best motivator of all. When your work is full of purpose, you’ll be inspired and empowered to continue doing more great things with your business.
What benefits could you receive by hosting an event? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Valerie found her passion in women’s nutrition [7:00]
- The ability of workshops and events to create meaningful connections [12:15]
- The power of events to increase your impact [17:20]
- The different logistics and considerations between in-person and virtual events [22:50]
- What it was like to run an event in Ghana [28:12]
- Why self-confidence is the most important quality for putting on an event [38:45]
- Where to get support when running an event [43:20]
Quotes
“If we really get a chance to know our bodies, that’s where we can become more confident and more empowered to live our best lives.” [13:39]
“If something is on your heart - an idea or a plan or whatever - you just have to do it and don’t allow fear to become a barrier to executing wherever that idea is.” [37:53]
“There’s nothing more powerful than just bringing people into a space to actually learn and grow and gain the knowledge to be their best selves.” [44:09]
“We’re empowering women. We’re educating and just empowering them to nourish their bodies and build a healthier relationship with food... Wellness is not one area; it’s the whole you.” [49:50]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Enroll in Business By Design Today!
Follow Valerie on Facebook | Twitter
Nutrition Entrepreneurs Spring Summit
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Are you getting the right minerals? It’s common knowledge that minerals are an important part of a healthy diet. What isn’t as well known is how they affect hormonal health. Today’s guest is a wealth of information about the role of proper mineral balances and your health.
About Amanda Montalvo, RD
Amanda Montalvo is a women’s health dietitian that helps women get to the root cause of hormone imbalances and have healthy menstrual cycles. Amanda started off her education in nutrition with the traditional route, but after dealing with her own health problems after getting off hormonal birth control she quickly realized the value of functional medicine. After healing her acne, balancing her hormones, and learning the value of her menstrual cycle, Amanda found her purpose to help women create a body in balance and not settle for anything less.
The Importance of Minerals and How to Test for Them
In this episode, Amanda goes into depth on just how important your mineral levels are. There are also many things that can disrupt them, including common forms of birth control. But before you can properly treat a hormone deficiency, you need information. To that end, Amanda discusses testing, particularly hair mineral testing, and how it can give you and your practitioner a window into your health. If you find that you have period-related symptoms or a history of thyroid issues, a hair mineral test will likely be very informative.
Often, modern diets lead to unnecessary confusion. For instance, many women are often told to consume more iron. Amanda explains why this is not good advice because our bodies actually recycle iron. What we need are the minerals and vitamins that help our bodies with this process.
Focus on Food, Not Supplements
While many people turn to supplements to get their minerals, Amanda would rather you focus on what you’re eating. Taking supplements often leads to further imbalance. But when you and your practitioner focus on eating a properly balanced diet, you’ll get a well-rounded dose of what you need.
What would you like to know about the minerals in your diet? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Amanda became an expert in women’s hormonal health [3:20]
- Why minerals are an integral part of hormonal health for women [7:00]
- The role of hair mineral tests in measuring your mineral levels and health [11:40]
- How to use your diet to maximize your mineral intake [22:50]
- Why iron deficiencies are not actually that common [24:30]
- Why Vitamin A more important than many think [33:45]
- Resources to take advantage of to improve your mineral levels [37:00]
- Considerations for using castor oil packs [46:22]
Quotes
“Minerals are applicable no matter what. Whether you’ve been on birth control, had a copper IUD, or if you just have symptoms.” [9:49]
“It’s really showing you the why. Why do you have that hormone result?” [14:14]
“I think that you can build your own and have a more balanced approach that’s not going to create more imbalances in your body, and you’ll actually absorb it.” [30:13]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get on the Business By Design Waitlist
Follow Amanda on Facebook | Instagram
“Vitamin A-making” by Pam Schoenfeld
Queen of the Thrones - Castor Oil Pack Package - Use code Amanda to save at check out
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Whether it’s your health, lifestyle, or business, there’s always room for improvement. But how do you set goals and measure that improvement in a sustainable and meaningful way? Today’s guest, an expert in helping people perform better, has those answers!
About Melanie Larkins
Melanie Larkins brings wisdom from 30 years in athletics (as a player, referee, and coach), over 25 years as a practitioner in yoga, meditation, and martial arts, and 10 years as a yoga and meditation teacher.
As a high-performance coach, Melanie integrates elements of meditation, yoga, martial arts, body conditioning, and music to help her clients harness the power of the mind to unlock the true potential of their bodies and reach peak performance. She guides elite athletes from being distracted and anxious high-achievers to becoming laser-focused champions.
Improvement Can Happen Anywhere
Improving performance can happen in any part of your life. Whether it’s running faster, sleeping better, winning that big contract, bettering your work-life balance, or just about anything else, there are steps you can take towards improvement. Melanie explains how she helps her clients identify key performance indicators so that they can make a plan and keep track of their improvements.
Getting More Done by Doing Less
Melanie shares some tips for those of us who are addicted to overworking. Of course, there’s important work to do to meet our goals. Yet, too often we work merely for the sake of staying busy. Melanie suggests that we overcome this through judicious use of timers and scheduling. This will help you set clear boundaries to maintain a healthier work-life balance.
We also discuss strategies for checking in with your emotions. When you can objectively observe your emotional and mental state, you can better know if it's time to take a break or not. Being devoted to a non-work-related activity is another useful tool that we talk about.
Simplicity is the Key
Many times, we get in our own way to achieving goals by overcomplicating things. Melanie discusses what we can do to keep things simple in order to perform at a high level. This involves improving focus, setting boundaries, and prioritizing. When you’re only focusing on what’s really necessary, you’ll be more efficient and find yourself with more freedom to do what you truly love.
What area of your life could you work to improve? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Melanie became a high-performance coach [5:00]
- How to determine your key performance indicators (KPIs) [9:00]
- The importance of allowing yourself to enjoy free time [17:00]
- Tips for avoiding overwork [20:55]
- Deciding how many KPIs are enough [25:54]
- Improving your performance by keeping things simple [33:08]
- Techniques for improving your performance right away [39:00]
Quotes
“There’s always some sort of way to measure even things that are subjective. There’s still something.” [12:51]
“You have to have some quiet. You have to have some time outside of that thing to give you new ideas. That’s how innovation usually happens.” [19:19]
“The more you can get simplified, the more efficient you can actually be.” [35:17]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get on the Business By Design waitlist!
Follow Melanie on Instagram
Schedule your free connection call with Melanie
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Running a business is hard. However, there’s only one way to fail in it, and that’s to quit. Today, I’m joined by my coach, James Wedmore, to discuss how to ensure your success through cultivating a resilient entrepreneurial mindset.
About James Wedmore
For the last 15 years, James has leveraged his expertise to help teach Digital CEOs how to build and scale their online businesses through courses and trainings like his signature program, Business By Design, other programs such as Sales Page By Design and Nail Your Niche, as well as many other business-building trainings inside of James’ abundant course library.
Along with being notorious in the online space for his unrivaled online courses and content, James also facilitates Next Level, a strategic, group-coaching experience as well as his high-level Mastermind, The Inner Circle.
When James isn't working, he can be found hiking, flipping homes for Airbnb, or off-roading through the rocky terrain of Sedona. His motto is simple: Work hard, play harder!
Why You Will Succeed If Your Never Give Up
Personal development and how much we are willing to work on ourselves is really what allows us to have the business that we desire. Sure, learning and implementing sound business strategies is important. But it really comes down to mindset.
Although entrepreneurship has its risks and challenges, if you are determined enough, you will make it. With this attitude in mind, James explains how to view your success as an inevitability. The problem is that many people give up too soon. You need to stick with it. With the right coaching, community, and support, your success will only arrive that much sooner.
Doing Less to Earn More
It may seem counterintuitive, but as a business owner, the less you do, the more you’ll make. James explains why the role that you fill determines the results that you receive. This is because creating a business means creating many different roles. Filling all these roles yourself is only going to keep you extremely busy without leading to much actually getting done. So instead of spending the majority of your time in the roles that don’t actually earn the money, James wants us to determine what activities actually produce the most result and focus on those.
Seeing Yourself as the Key to Your Business’ Success
We also talk about the difference between changing your business approach versus actual failure. Often, things won’t go the way you want. In fact, that’s an inevitable part of business. There will be setbacks. James reinforces the idea that you should never quit. Instead, when things go badly, look for opportunities to try a different approach.
Understand that your most valuable asset is you. Your personal brand is what differentiates your business and will earn you a loyal following. If it comes time for you to pivot, the power of your own identity which you imbue into your business will mean that there’s a group of people who will follow you wherever you go.
What do you see as your role inside your business? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- What led James into coaching and digital course creation [5:40]
- Seeing your success as an inevitability and your failures as an essential part of the process [12:30]
- What you should really be listening for when working with a coach [19:48]
- The difference of mindset between employee and entrepreneur [23:32]
- What happens when you identify the most important roles in your business [27:52]
- How to successfully pivot your business with the power of your personal brand [44:22]
- Why you are more important than the idea in your business [53:40]
- The most important measurement of success [58:50]
Quotes
“Yes, it is going to be risky. Yes, it’s going to be challenging. Of course! But that’s what you signed up for. That’s what it’s about…. But we operate from a very simple principle that changed everything for me, which is that your success is inevitable…. It’s only a matter of time.” [12:41]
“The employee says, ‘I’ll just work harder, longer, and faster.’ But the entrepreneur says, ‘I need to work less and spend more of that time in higher-elevated, more valuable roles that the business needs from me.’” [33:22]
“Quitting is the only true failure that exists.” [47:17]
“Are you willing to do those hard things? Are you willing to be uncomfortable? Are you willing to let go of the things that feel familiar and safe? Are you willing to get a little overwhelmed, a little confused, to feel outside your comfort zone? It doesn’t mean you can’t. Of course, you can. It’s just challenging. It pushes us. But as a result, we grow.” [52:26]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Get on the Business By Design waitlist!
Follow James on Facebook | Instagram | YouTube
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Have you experienced an illness with symptoms that other people can’t see? The truth is that there are countless people who live in this world with invisible illnesses. Today’s guest shares her own story living with such a condition and how she helps others navigate a health care system that often leaves them out of the conversation.
About Morganne Skinner, RN
Morganne is a registered nurse currently working in Public Health and has been a nurse for six years. Outside of work, Morganne can be found running or hiking trails. She qualified for the Boston Marathon and then left the country to serve as a Peace Corps volunteer in Zambia.
Morganne lived in Zambia for two years in a rural village with the Lunda tribe. She worked in all things development, public health, and agriculture. Her interests include all things women’s health and nutrition, inspired by her public health experience in Zambia and now along with her own health challenges with endometriosis.
Living With Invisible Illnesses
So much of western medicine is based on what can be measured and observed. However, not all illnesses are observable. Endometriosis is one of these. There are times when people downplay these very real conditions or assume that they’re not even real, to begin with.
Morganne explains the mental toll of this.
To effectively communicate your needs, Morganne stresses the importance of trusting yourself and setting boundaries. The fact of the matter is you only have to disclose as much as you are comfortable with. At the same time, sharing what you’re comfortable sharing helps to normalize your experience and hopefully builds more empathy going forward.
Taking Charge of Your Health
Sadly, many conditions like endometriosis do not receive the scientific attention they deserve. Too often this puts the onus on the patient themselves to search for information. There is certainly information out there, but understanding what is valid and what your doctor can help you with can be difficult to navigate. To that end, we talk about how you can equip yourself with the best information and work alongside your doctor to receive the help you need.
If you have an invisible illness, what strategies have you found to communicate your needs? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- The complex nature of living with an invisible illness [4:45]
- Morganne’s experience receiving an endometriosis diagnosis [13:21]
- Teaching doctors and nurses to better listen to their patients [18:34]
- Dealing with the limitations of current medical knowledge [23:37]
- Strategies for effectively communicating your needs [34:30]
- Finding a positive angle when experiencing challenging conditions [41:20]
Quotes
“A lot of people think of endometriosis as a woman’s problem or like menstrual cramps. But it’s a whole-body disease and it affects a lot.” [10:26]
“I think it’s great for people to be involved in their care and to take responsibility and initiative. But also it should not fall one hundred percent on the patient.” [25:09]
“There’s no one size fits all for endometriosis and I might not have understood that to the degree that I do now had I not gone through my own experience.” [45:04]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for 100 Leads in 30 Days
Find Morganne Skinner, RN online
Follow Morganne on Instagram
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
I bet nearly everyone has had expectations of what their body should look like or be able to do. These ideas come from many places, unusually external and unhealthy ones. Yet, when you fail to live up to them, grief and unhealthy habits commonly result. Today’s guest helps her clients reframe how they understand their bodies so that they can build new healthier mindsets and practices.
About Steph Prangley
Steph Prangley is a Nutritional Therapy Practitioner and owner of Infinity Hill Nutrition, a virtual private practice specializing in women’s hormone health. She helps women with PCOS gain energy, improve ovulation, and stabilize moods so they can accomplish all of their important life goals while being fully present in their relationships.
Steph believes it’s possible to gain freedom from the painful and embarrassing symptoms of PCOS by reframing body grief to body acceptance and learning how to trust your body and read its signals. With compassion and kindness, she gently guides her clients with mindset work, nutrition, lifestyle, and their own intuition to build body trust and successfully manage symptoms for the long run.
Reversing the Disconnection Between You and Your Body
Body grief gets in the way of healing. It removes you from the present moment as you grieve for the loss of some imaginary future or the way your body used to be. Steph describes how this disconnect can be reversed by accepting and honoring your body.
Once this is achieved, you can learn how to listen to what your body is telling you. When you understand your body’s signals you can cut through all the outside noise of society, positive changes will follow. With this comes the understanding that healing is not only possible, but you’re in control of it.
An Intuitive Approach to Healing
As you can imagine, mindset is central to this. It’s important to remember that just because somebody has an “ideal” body, it doesn’t mean that they’re happy. Detaching your emotional state from health outcomes while also working towards your goal is the key here.
Steph teaches her clients to do this by helping them hone their intuitive senses. When you find yourself craving food or feeling a certain way, it’s time to stop and examine the source of those feelings. This approach helps you remove self-judgment and identify healthy choices for your body.
How can you start intuitively listening to your body’s signals? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Steph found a passion in helping women with their hormonal health [4:28]
- What body grief is and why it interferes with healing [14:26]
- Giving yourself permission to be okay with your body’s current state [20:38]
- Achieving the balance of being content with the present moment while still pursuing your goals [27:36]
- Building body trust through cultivating intuition [34:41]
Quotes
“People always say to say no to the things that aren’t serving you. But when you have to say no to the things that you love doing, that’s a whole new level of grief, or emotional grief that you have to deal with.” [15:34]
“Humans are messy and we make mistakes. Our life changes. Thankfully we’re adaptable and we can ebb and flow with that. I think we get into trouble when we try to make things flat and straight with no variability.” [24:32]
“You’re the only expert in your body. I can’t even really tell you what to eat. I can give you education on the science behind nutrients and what we know about how all of these things play into our health overall, but the only long-term strategy we can have is getting in touch with the inner-self.” [47:16]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for 100 Leads in 30 Days
Follow Steph on Facebook | Instagram
Download the FREE Guide: The 3 BIGGEST Mistakes to Avoid With PCOS
Use this coupon code FEARLESS before June 30 to save $150
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Doctors often say that IBS is a life-long condition. But does not have to be true. What people often fail to do is identify and treat the underlying causes of their gut problem. Today’s guest is here to share how she helps her patients get to the root cause of their IBS so that they can make lasting healing changes.
About Abigail Hueber, RD
Abigail Hueber is an Integrative Functional Dietitian and owner of the private practice Above Health Nutrition. She received her undergraduate degree from Gettysburg College in the field of Health and Exercise Sciences and completed her graduate studies in nutrition at Simmons College. Abby has completed various advanced trainings in functional medicine, including a mentorship with functional medicine doctors and comprehensive immersion programs.
Abby is an expert in digestive health which includes IBS, SIBO, acid reflux, chronic constipation or diarrhea, and other various GI symptoms and concerns. She also specializes in skin health through healing the digestive system for skin symptoms which include eczema, rosacea, acne, keratosis pilaris, and other skin-gut-related conditions. Abby leads speaking series and events for organizations and corporate wellness programs on a variety of health and wellness topics.
Why Gut Problems Can’t Be Ignored
At least one in five people experience digestion problems. Yet, these are often dismissed as just mildly annoying symptoms. Abby explains how ignoring gut issues often leads to any number of other health issues. That’s why it’s important to treat the root causes of digestion problems.
The tricky part is identifying what is wrong in the first place. It’s not enough to just cut out certain foods. In fact, elimination diets don’t really fix anything. They can even cause problems if continued for too long.
The Common Causes of GI Issues
Abby explains what the three generalized root causes of IBS are. There can be many different factors at play, but Abby finds that it usually involves one or more just three situations. The first is digestive insufficiency - when someone is not producing or excreting the optimal digestive substances. Sometimes there’s dysbiosis or a GI infection at play. Inflammation is also a common culprit. Once you know what’s going on in the gut, you can make a roadmap for healing.
Sometimes these can be remediated with lifestyle changes, like slowing down and thoroughly chewing food. Targeted supplement protocols can also help to reverse some of the problems. That’s why it’s useful to work closely with a practitioner who understands how to help you help your digestive system.
How have you approached GI issues in your life? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Abby found a career in helping people resolve chronic gut issues [8:03]
- Why your digestive system impacts many other parts of your health [11:00]
- Why you shouldn’t think of food as the trigger of IBS [14:00]
- The reasons many people falsely believe that IBS is a lifelong condition [19:10]
- The three general root causes of IBS [23:18]
- What happens when we eat more mindfully and chew properly [31:30]
- How to identify the root cause of your gut problem with functional medicine [44:29]
- Getting support through group programs [46:45]
Quotes
“Food can certainly be a tool in a treatment protocol that can help to alleviate some of these symptoms while we get to the root cause… but it is not a tool that we can use to fully heal a digestive system.” [16:36]
“We do need to create a lifestyle shift around the way that we eat in order to optimally digest our food.” [24:30]
“We really want to identify in someone’s unique body which of those three are that root cause and then in those three categories, what exactly is really going on.” [27:28]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for 100 Leads in 30 Days
Follow Abby on Linkedin | Instagram
No Drama Digestion 15-min discovery calls
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Skin issues can come from just about anywhere. Frequently, people are given inaccurate or unhelpful advice from conventional medical providers. That’s why it’s so important to understand where these skin issues come from and how we can best treat them.
About Dr. Julie Greenberg
Dr. Julie Greenberg is a licensed Naturopathic Doctor who specializes in integrative dermatology. She is the founder of the Center for Integrative Dermatology, a holistic clinic that approaches skin problems by finding and treating the root cause.
Dr. Greenberg holds degrees from Northwestern University, Stanford University, and Bastyr University. She lectures at naturopathic medical schools and speaks at conferences across the U.S. on the topics of hair, skin, and nails. Dr. Greenberg is the Program Chair for the Naturopathic & Integrative Dermatology Series at LearnSkin, a 20 course CE program for doctors that discuss evidence-based alternative approaches to treating dermatological conditions.
Getting to the Root Cause of Chronic Skin Conditions
No single system of your body exists in isolation. This includes your skin. Problems in your gut often show up as a skin condition. Dr. Greenberg explains how to heal your microbiome by getting diverse inputs from lots of different foods, particularly fibrous ones, to get your gut back on track. By correctly addressing the root causes of skin conditions this way, you can start to see actual changes.
Fixing the gut to heal the skin usually means getting your microbiome back in balance. Dr. Greenberg talks about how antibiotics, certain medications, alcohol, and lack of fiber can all lead to issues like leaky gut. Leaky gut is at the root of so many dermatological conditions. When food passes through the mucosal barrier in the intestines, inflammation will naturally follow.
The Connection Between Your Skin and Your Food
Fortunately, there is a lot that you can do to address these issues. Dr. Greenberg describes how reducing toxins and taking care of your immune system goes a long way. There are also some foods to avoid if you have certain sensitivities. Dairy and wheat are big ones to stay away from for many people in general since they often cause inflammation. For those with specific diseases, such as rosacea, hot foods and spice are often the culprits. Since food sensitivities come in so many forms, it is important to work with your practitioner to discover what’s best for you.
Have you noticed a connection between your skin’s health and what you eat? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- What makes a naturopathic doctor different from a medical doctor [3:20]
- The biggest myths concerning healing a skin condition [10:00]
- How skin issues are an indicator that something else is wrong [16:00]
- How to heal your skin by healing your gut [30:04]
- Foods that can cause some skin conditions to flare up [37:20]
Quotes
“Food absolutely matters 100 percent. Food can absolutely be a trigger and make your symptoms worse, but it is generally not the root cause, so we still have to go deeper.” [11:30]
“You can’t fix these chronic dermatological issues just from the outside in. The body is telling you there’s a problem inside. [17:03]
“I find that usually my approach and my protocols as a naturopathic doctor treating skin are much more aligned with nutritionists than dermatologists because steroids are not the way to go.” [47:52]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Find Dr. Julie Greenberg online
LearnSkin: Naturopathic and Integrative Dermatology Series
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Too many people with IBS are told the lie that there’s nothing they can do about it. That’s why it’s so often a problem that fails to receive proper treatment. The truth is, there are effective things you can do to improve your gut health. Today’s guest is an expert in this and is here to share what she knows so you can get your gut back on track.
About Dena Norton
Dena Norton, MS, RD is a registered dietitian and Holistic Nutrition Coach with Back To The Book Nutrition, a website and virtual practice dedicated to helping clients find and fix the root causes of their gut and hormone symptoms so they can get back to life! Dena holds bachelor's and master's degrees in nutrition and is currently working toward functional medicine certification.
When she faced HPA Axis Dysfunction, hormone imbalance, and gut symptoms that traditional medicine couldn't explain or fix, Dena found answers in the world of holistic nutrition and functional medicine. Her own dramatic recovery opened her eyes to a whole new approach to health and gave her a passion to help others find healing as well.
With over 15 years of experience in both the traditional medical system and the holistic health sphere, Dena now combines all she's learned to leverage the best research-backed and results-driven approaches to help her clients optimize their health. Her work has been featured on Dr. Axe, Prevention Magazine, Fitness Magazine, The Huffington Post, and many others.
New Trends in Treating the Gut
Despite past trends in medicine that overlooked the complexities of IBS, good changes are happening. As functional medicine becomes more popular, more practitioners are taking a deeper look at this issue. Instead of looking at IBS as a catch-all for mysterious gut issues, the functional medicine approach is much more nuanced and comprehensive.
To that end, Dena explains the importance of getting individualized help from an expert to really get to the root causes of your problem. Since a diagnosis of IBS is often used to explain away unexplained symptoms, it is really important to play detective and investigate the issue further. We talk about looking into food sensitivities, stool-testing, medication, and supplementation to make lasting changes.
Starting With Good Nutritional Foundations
Dena understands the importance of beginning with good foundations. This starts with how you approach food, getting enough sleep, and managing stress. Stress in particular has such a large downstream effect on digestion that Dena wants everyone to start there. Slow down and eat in a state where you can really focus on your food.
With busy modern lifestyles, this is not always that easy. Yet, this is crucial if you want better digestion. Dena goes over her steps to eating mindfully while reducing stress. This is so often the first step to getting gut health back under control.
How can you eat more mindfully to heal your gut? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Dena’s own health issues led her pursue functional medicine [5:15]
- What IBS means as a “diagnosis” [11:10]
- Helpful and non-helpful tools to alleviating symptoms of IBS [18:13]
- How testing for food sensitivity plays a role in healing gut problems [21:19]
- Starting with the foundations of good digestion [29:35]
- Important lifestyle factors that people tend to overlook [36:48]
- Leveraging scientific advancements to treat IBS [42:50]
Quotes
“It’s exciting for our career and our space. There are a lot of young dietitians and dietitians-to-be who really do get that there is something more out there and they’re seeking it.” [10:54]
“There’s never just one thing. It’s like a tangled web. So you got to put all the pieces on the table, prioritize, get an order of operations, and then have the time, patience, and expertise to work through them little by little.” [29:18]
“I’m not against medication. I’m not in any one camp when it comes to food or medicine or anything. It’s really all about sitting in the middle and leveraging anything that’s scientifically valid that works.” [45:44]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Dena on Facebook | Instagram | Pinterest
Schedule your free 10 minute discovery call
“What Causes IBS (and how to fix it for good)”
Meal Time Checklist for Better Digestion
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Many times, being a dietitian is a lot like being a detective. Patients come to us after having tried everything else that they can think of. After years of dieting and frustration, they still have a gut in distress. Often, it’s a modern lifestyle and diet behind the problem. Today, I’m talking with Laura Poe Mathes about how she helps her clients discover healing remedies by taking advantage of traditional foods.
About Laura Poe Mathes
Laura is a registered dietitian focused on helping clients restore their microbiome and heal their gut. Her process is based on principles of traditional diets, where natural remedies meet evidence-based practices to help improve gut health. Laura's goal is not only to improve her clients' diets but also to help them change their lives.
A New Look at Old Foods
Rather than focusing on elimination diets, Laura helps her clients identify what they are missing so they can get to the root cause of the problem. What’s interesting is that many traditional foods, like broths, fermented foods, and organ meats can help fill common nutritional gaps.
Because food is one of the things in life that can’t be ignored, it’s still something that can make or break your wellbeing. With that in mind, Laura explains how a smart approach to eating traditional foods can flip your relationship with food upside down. If done right, you can find yourself excited to eat again.
Work With Your Dietitian to Build Your Traditional Diet
When it comes to improving gut health, Laura can’t speak highly enough about fermented foods in particular. She has seen so many people improve their symptoms and overall nutritional status by adding more foods like sauerkraut, kefir, yogurt, and kimchi to their diet.
However, fermented foods on their own are not going to be the solution. Borths, stocks, and organ meats can all be part of the picture. With so many elements and variables, there’s a lot to consider. That’s why having a knowledgeable dietitian on your side is so helpful. Laura explains what to look for when considering a traditional solution to your gut issues so that you and your dietitian can find a real fix that lasts.
What’s your favorite traditional food? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- What led Laura to discover the value of traditional foods [4:00]
- The biggest mistakes people make when trying to heal their gut [11:15]
- Why lifestyle is an important factor with any diet [16:06]
- Why some people feel shame around food [26:18]
- Predictions about the future of traditional foods [30:00]
- Using fermented and traditional foods to improve gut health [33:22]
- Why animal products are an important part of a healing diet [37:29]
Quotes
“It is kind of fun to see people realize that there’s more to it than diet. It can be a little overwhelming. They’re like ‘I have to address all of these things?’ But it can be freeing too.” [17:37]
“We look to food to do too much for us; that it’s a magic bullet in some way or that if we change one thing about our diet, we’re going to be happy.” [27:48]
“They do show a lot of improvement in symptoms and they’re a really great way to start to connect more with food and really seeing that you can make something that was made thousands of years ago in your modern kitchen.” [34:55]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Laura on Instagram
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Let’s face it, 2020 was a year many of us wanted to numb away with alcohol. Yet, if you want to truly live a purpose-driven life, drinking can get in the way. Today’s guest discusses why many women struggle with alcohol and what we can do to build new habits that don’t limit our potential.
About Camille Kinzler
Camille Kinzler helps the high-achieving, social over-drinker learn to destress, relax, and connect without instinctively reaching for her go-to cocktail by creating a life she doesn't want to numb.
She is an alcohol-free lifestyle and habits expert with a Master's in Science and Physician Assistant (PA) Studies who is passionate about helping women create the life they choose through the C.O.Z.Y. Method.
She specializes in helping women explore whether alcohol is helping them manifest the life they desire. Through 1-on-1 and small group coaching via video conferencing, Camille guides women in 100-day explorations around their vices by using her signature C.O.Z.Y. Method. This isn't about quitting your vices cold turkey, it's about expanding your awareness, not limiting it.
In addition to her private coaching practice, Camille is a physician assistant who specializes in root-cause medicine. She has worked in urgent care and family practice for over 11 years. She draws on her medical education, as well as her training as a neuro-linguistic programming practitioner, and certified life and recovery (from all vices) coach to help women discover the root cause of their habits. She ultimately helps women create a life they don't want to numb.
Addressing Perfectionism as a Cause of Drinking
Camille recognizes how hard it can be to break habits. When we try to change our relationship with drinking, we need to look at all our habits. Camille describes how she helps women intentionally set themselves up for success by building good habits overall. This means slowing down and not trying to be perfect in all things.
This mindset shift is central to self-regulation. Without it, many people try to cope by turning to alcohol. It’s not easy to create habits to make healthy changes. That’s why Camille shares some actionable tips you can start using right away to help make a difference.
Building Healthy Habits That Last
To make lasting changes to our habits, Camille stresses above all the value of consistency. By addressing the way that you build your habits, including habits around behavior and thoughts, you can start to make changes that will actually last. In other words, it’s not enough to just do something differently. You need to consider how these changes affect your behavior and set long-term goals to make them work over the long run.
What healthy habits can you make to change your relationship with alcohol? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Camille approached her own alcohol addiction and now helps other women do the same [4:10]
- Why many women struggle to drink within moderation [9:45]
- Actionable steps you can take to help self-regulate [14:05]
- More effective alternatives to quitting cold turkey [16:05]
- Addressing belief-based behavior to create lasting change [18:08]
- Tips for navigating social drinking situations [21:27]
- Reasons why reducing or eliminating alcohol will lead to a more purpose-driven life [25:00]
- Whether it’s possible to responsibly enjoy moderate alcohol consumption [33:05]
Quotes
“It’s not to ask yourself if you have a problem with drinking. It’s ‘is alcohol serving me in my life?’” [8:08]
“I think that there’s this idea of perfectionism within women. We are expected by society, and also by ourselves, to do everything. And we can’t do everything and we really have to take responsibility and learn how to slow down.” [11:10]
“I had to trust that it would all fall into place. I know that that’s really hard to do at the beginning because we’re shedding an identity and that can be scary.” [24:04]
“If we can really lean into these uncomfortable moments where we want to have a drink or we have a craving and we get to the other side, that builds confidence. That allows us to trust ourselves more.” [29:29]
“It’s just all about paying attention to the little things that we’re doing that are on a subconscious level… and how we can slowly integrate or change the way that we do those in our lives.” [40:51]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Camille on Instagram | Facebook
Join Camille’s Attention Experience
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
If you have your own business, you likely realized that you can’t do it all yourself. There’s no shame in hiring help. In fact, your business won’t be able to grow in a sustainable way without it. Today’s guest is here to share how you can create a team to allow your business to grow.
About Cena Martin Chandler
With over 18 years of experience in building teams for companies and delegation, Cena Martin Chandler has developed a method that teaches online service providers a "no - fear" way of hiring remote teams. This approach directly counteracts the current industry training around hiring and building remote teams.
Cena’s approach is to take the CEO or Operations Manager through what she calls a "Mindset Makeover” which implements psychology-focused belief building and validation to prepare them for managing team members. This approach maximizes managers and CEO’s ability to lead efficiently, and it’s a fresh breath of air to the typical, ancient training of "being a good leader" and "commanding authority" when leading other people. She believes this method will continue to produce empathetic, inclusive, and effective leaders as we move into 2021 and beyond.
When It’s Time to Grow Your Business
If your business is going to support your life and not take it over, there will likely be a time when you’ll need to grow your team. But what does this process look like? Cena has learned that no two businesses are identical. What works for others may not be best for you.
Cena urges entrepreneurs to first identify what it is that most monopolize their time. Hiring for what you really need will not only be the best use of your money, it will free you up to work on other things that will really grow your business. Cena recommends focusing on the customer experience aspect because that’s ultimately where your revenue comes from.
Why Hiring Doesn’t Need to be Scary
There can be anxiety around growing your team. You may feel that no one can do the job as well as you. You may be overwhelmed by the idea of training someone new. Cena wants you to put these fears to rest. From the very start of the hiring process, you can assess new and potential team members. She explains what she looks for both in personality and in skills to make sure that you are finding someone who will be the right addition to your business.
While much of the hiring process is simpler than many think, there is still a lot to consider. Cena explains how she helps entrepreneurs through it by examining their processes and restructuring them when needed. While rebuilding your systems and processes, she helps them build up a team so that efficiency is maintained and improved.
What parts of your business could you hire someone to do? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- What led Cena to become an operations coach [4:50]
- Why you probably shouldn’t hire someone to do your social media as your first employee [10:05]
- How to figure out how many hours a new employee should be hired on for [16:47]
- How to know when you’re ready to hire help [20:23]
- How to address fears around hiring people [24:05]
- Why you may want to hire someone to help out in the home [31:10]
- How Cena helps entrepreneurs navigate the hiring process [39:29]
- Considerations to make when roles shift inside your business [44:22]
Quotes
“If I’m going to be an entrepreneur and build this business, I have to do it in a way where it’s sustainable and where my family still has me.” [6:41]
“Focusing on the customer experience and bringing someone in who can help you make sure that the revenue part of your business continues to grow is the smartest choice to make.” [15:18]
“Just think about where you want to be six months from now. I know hiring can cause procrastination. You might be afraid. You might have all these limiting thoughts stopping you from doing it. But do you want to be in this exact same position, doing things the exact same way six months from now, or do you want to see progress that requires less of your time?” [51:25]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Find Cena Martin Chandler online
Follow Cena on Facebook
Apply for Cena’s Free Training
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
In exercise, as in life, many women are trying to force themselves into a world designed by and for men. But our bodies and needs are different. There’s a natural cycle to us and our energy. Today’s guest offers some great advice on how to recognize your natural rhythms and workout in accordance with them.
About Jenni Hulburt
Jenni Hulburt is a fitness coach, essential oil specialist, host of the WILD Wellness podcast, and creator of The Workout Without Burnout Blueprint.
She has a Bachelor of Science and Masters degree in Exercise Science and Sport Psychology, and is also a Wellness Advocate with doTERRA, teaching people about essential oils for non-toxic living, natural health, and creating their own home apothecary with the power of plants.
Everything she offers is to help women live and sweat in sync with nature. She believes you can reach your goals without sacrificing your well-being, as you seek to embody what nature has always modeled — it’s not a sprint, but a cycle.
Deconstructing Workout Myths
First off, Jenni breaks down some common exercise myths that many women fall victim to. For instance, you don’t need to work out to the point of exhaustion every day. Instead, we should clue into the natural cycles of our lives so we know when it’s time to build and when it’s time to rest and recover. Also, although many of us exercise to manage stress, Jenni explains how it can have the opposite effect.
Finding Your Natural Rhythm
Jenni believes that the key to sustainable exercise is to do it in sync with nature. This requires being in tune with your own cyclical rhythm, be that your menstrual cycle, the seasons, or the phases of the moon. There are times to rest, build, push yourself, and pull back to recover. Jenni describes how to clue into your needs and adapt your actions to them. Doing so will allow you to build strength for the long run without subjecting yourself to the negative effects of burnout.
Since everyone is different, understanding your natural cycles will take some observation and introspection on your part. It’s important not to compare yourself to others. You may even feel different from one cycle to the next. But the more you learn to listen to what your body is telling you, the better you will get at finding your rhythm.
How can your natural cycles inform your workout? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Jenni built her passion for helping women overcome burnout [3:45]
- Common myths about exercising that are out of alignment with women’s needs [7:15]
- The dangers of using exercise as stress-relief [11:05]
- How to sync your workouts to your natural cycles [17:35]
- Staying true to your cycle and needs when working out with others [29:18]
- How to adjust your workout to seasonal changes [40:08]
Quotes
“There are certain times of the cycle when we are really primed to make gains. Whether that be in strength or endurance. And there are other times that may be more suited for maintenance and recovery. We really need both.” [9:28]
“Take those modifications that are offered, or just sit certain parts out if you need to and do something else. Take more rests or take more breaks. I know that can be a difficult thing to do if it’s a social situation because you look around and everyone else is doing something else, but it’s a good practice in and of itself for life in general.” [32:18]
“We can reach our goals without sacrificing our health along the way.” [46:53]
“We realize that we’re part of something that is not only within us but also that we can see it happening outside of us. I think that is such a guide for our wellbeing in so many ways.” [49:00]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Jenni on Instagram | Facebook
Free Training: How to Challenge Your Body without Feeling Depleted
Quiz: What’s Your Workout Style By Nature?
The Workout Without Burnout Blueprint
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Of all the factors that come into play when sustainably losing weight, mindset may be the most important. Many diets don’t work because we try to fit habits into our lives that don’t align with our identities. Today’s guest helps women address their mindset around their identities to help better create needed changes for healthy eating.
About Liz DeJulius
Liz DeJulius is a functional medicine registered dietitian nutritionist and mindful eating expert. Liz teaches women how to live in the middle of extreme dieting methods and total body negligence to achieve weight and health goals in a sustainable way.
The biggest mistake she saw was clients following restrictive diets that took more away from them than it relieved. Liz uses the science of functional nutrition with the art of mindful eating to help her clients lose weight, live confidently, and learn to love food again.
Addressing Emotional and Subconscious Beliefs Around Food
One problem with many diet plans is that they don’t consider the mental and emotional relationship we have with food. Too often this leads to disordered eating and the formation of negative associations with food. That’s why Liz centers her approach on helping her patients lose weight while still enjoying their food.
This means getting in touch with our subconscious beliefs. Doing so gets to the root of how we think, talk to ourselves, and our emotions. By changing how you think and addressing your unaddressed beliefs, you can start to change your health habits in a sustainable way.
Building a Sustainable Mindset Concerning Food and Habits
Part of the shift in mindset comes from focusing on the process rather than the outcome. Instead of merely fixating on how many pounds you want to lose, focusing on improving your relationship with food leads to more feelings of success. Liz describes how she helps women set goals around continuous improvement instead of some arbitrary finish line. This approach leads to sustainability and more feelings of success than the traditional approach to weight-loss.
The key to this is promoting healthy and sustainable habits. Liz explains how she works with her patients to build and sustain habits around food and lifestyle so that their goals of improvement become achievable. This means frequent reevaluation and the tracking of behavior. It’s not easy, but with the right mindset, true and constant progress can be made.
What habits can you foster to build a better relationship with food? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Liz developed her passion for helping women lose weight while maintaining a healthy relationship with food [4:00]
- Why losing weight continues to be a struggle for many women [8:34]
- Common identity issues that inhibit healthy eating and dieting [15:55]
- Signs that mindset needs to be addressed when trying to reach a weight-loss goal [28:00]
- How to enjoy food in a healthy way [30:50]
- The types of behaviors we should focus on to change our habits [39:00]
- Tips and tools for tracking your habits and goals [43:08]
Quotes
“I really don’t think that you can use any tool without addressing your relationship with food or your relationship with your body, no matter if it’s the right tool for you or not.” [10:11]
“First of all, you are in control and by bringing more awareness to food and your body, you might realize that during an uncomfortable emotion, whether that’s boredom or loneliness or stress from work, what’s going to be the most productive way of managing that emotion. Most of the time, it’s not food.” [29:53]
“If you feel like your habits have so much resistance and you feel like you’re exerting all your energy every day and food is just taking up the most mental real estate in your head, you should try to make it a little bit smaller and think about where you fall in those extremes.” [49:48]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Liz on Instagram
Hunger Discovery Reflection Worksheet
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Despite what your doctors may tell you, having chronic gut symptoms is not normal. There are numerous explanations for gut issues, but you can’t address them without information. Today’s guest has some great advice for how to go about this so that you don’t need to accept your pain as normality.
About Bridgitte Carroll, RD
Although Bridgitte felt like absolute crap and knew her health was off, doctors still commended her on how healthy she was. She was on thyroid, ADHD, and migraine medication all at the same time. She was overweight and had to take Miralax to go to the bathroom. She was the healthiest eater she knew but she was exhausted, on a bunch of meds, and felt horrible.
Her doctors didn’t have the answers. She didn’t have the tools to heal herself. But she was sick of constantly feeling “off”, and she was ready for a change.
That led Bridgitte to immerse herself in years of functional medicine training while surrounding herself with the leaders in the field. After working with hundreds of clients, she now has answers about how to heal your gut and how to live an amazingly healthy life.
Getting the Right Information to Heal
The cornerstone of Bridgitte’s approach centers on teaching her patients that they deserve to feel well. With a functional medicine approach, we are able to take control of our own health and find the answers we seek.
When presented with a dead-end diagnosis, Bridgitte goes on a fact-finding mission. Tests and lab work are a big part of this. Once the root of the cause has been discovered, you can actually treat the cause of the problem, not just its symptoms.
Building a Team for Better Gut Health
Because everyone’s body is different, Bridgitte stresses the importance of looking at the body as a complex and interrelated system. There are no cookie-cutter solutions. A good practitioner needs to consider everything and tailor it to the individual.
That’s why it’s crucial to find a practitioner that you feel good using. Just because they’re knowledgeable does not mean they’re necessarily right for you. You’re building a team whose mission is to get your health on track. Make sure you find the right team members.
What is the most important quality for you in a good practitioner? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Discovering the power of functional medicine to address gut health issues [4:00]
- Turning to new approaches when doctors dismiss your symptoms [7:32]
- Common mistakes women make when healing from IBS [11:20]
- The importance of finding the right practitioner for you [23:50]
- How a life without gut discomfort leads to new possibilities [35:10]
Quotes
“Most dietitians aren’t trained in functional medicine. So this is a way, not only that I could help heal myself, but could help my clients way more. Instead of just focusing on the foods, we’re focusing on the whole body and getting to the root of their unbalances.” [6:00]
“If you’re working with a GI doc or a dietitian and they’re not listening to you - they’re not listening to the experience in your body and doing everything in their power to try to figure out what’s going on - then it’s time to switch. If you don’t leave that appointment feeling empowered and heard, find a new practitioner.” [24:24]
“You get to decide how you want to feel. There are solutions for you. You just have to find that right practitioner and the right fit.” [35:00]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Find Bridgette Carrol RD online
Follow Bridgitte on Instagram | Facebook | Linkedin
Get FREE access to Bridgitte’s Masterclass
Join Bridgitte’s Gut Fix waitlist
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Intense workout regimes too often lead to unintended results. Unintentional weight-gain, hormone issues, fatigue, and more can come from excessive training and dieting. Today’s guest shares her first-hand knowledge on how to undo the damage and train for the results you truly want.
About Natalie Newhart
Natalie Newhart is a former professional CrossFit athlete, national powerlifter, national physique bodybuilder, and CrossFit gym owner in Vail, Colorado. She specializes in helping fitness-loving women who eat well, workout often, and are not seeing results from traditional dieting advice.
After gaining twenty pounds in two months and being diagnosed with hypothyroidism and diabetes with no answers, Natalie sought support from world-class doctors and physicians who taught her everything she wanted to know about stress and female metabolism. That was how she became obsessed with learning how stress impacts women's bodies. She is now on a mission to get this information out to all the women that are spinning their wheels and deserve to see their hard work pay off.
The Wrong Way to Exercise Right
Natalie explains how training the “right way” often has negative unintended consequences for many women. The frustration and stress that ensues just make it that much worse. To avoid harming your body in the pursuit of fitness, it’s important to not get consumed by the competitive nature of working out.
To help women exercise sustainably, we discuss how to actually listen to what your body is telling you about its needs. With gym culture what it is, this can be a difficult task. The important thing to always keep in mind is that you know your body best. You just have to recognize its signals and act accordingly.
Refocusing for Healthier Workouts
As Natalie experienced herself, unintentional weight gain is a common effect of high-intensity training. The physical and mental stress of these workouts often increases the body’s level of cortisol and stress hormones. This constant state of stress signals the body to store fat rather than burn it.
By refocusing on what’s driving your fitness goals, you can start taking more control. Being motivated by enthusiasm, willpower, and discipline rather than anxiety, obligation, and fear will reduce the stress you put on yourself. This creates a positive experience that your body will respond to in positive ways.
How can you give yourself permission to relax and slow down? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Natalie learned about the connection between diet, exercise, and metabolism [3:40]
- How to engage in competitive fitness without doing harm to your body [8:40]
- Why weight gain often accompanies intense training [15:50]
- The connection between emotional health and body-composition [19:14]
- The best thing that active women can do right now to improve their mindset [34:00]
Quotes
“This is why you see so many women in the gym working hard and they are disciplined with their food and they’re not getting results and yet they’re told that they just need to work harder. There’s nothing more frustrating than to be putting in all that effort and not getting results.” [7:31]
“I don’t think there are enough people talking about the emotional effects that play a role on your body composition. That is just as important as exercising too much or not enough or eating too much or not enough.” [18:57]
“Just doing it from a place of passion and love will create an experience that will be completely different than that of a person who is driving out of fear and anxiety.” [33:33]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Follow Natalie Newhart on Instagram
How to eat and train with the menstrual cycle - Free Gift
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
With all the social taboos on the topic, we often don’t talk about the realities of sex enough. Because of long-ingrained messages of shame, sex just isn’t as enjoyable for many as it could be. Today’s guest is on a mission to break down the misconceptions and help women make the intimate and pleasurable sexual connections they desire.
About Dr. Celeste Holbrook
Dr. Celeste Holbrook is a sexologist, speaker, and author. Through her work, designing sexual and spiritual strategies, she helps her clients evolve into the women they were created to be. She covers a variety of topics from sex drives, sexual shame, creating better connections, wellness, and so much more. Her mission is to educate women on how to improve their relationship and sex life as well as grow in confidence, spirituality, and love. Dr. Celeste has been featured in Women's Health Magazine, Mothers of Preschoolers, Reader's Digest, and many more.
Erasing the Shame of Sexuality
So many of the hangups concerning sex are rooted in shame. Celeste and I dive into why this is. Often, it’s simply because sex isn’t talked about openly. And when it is, there are too often negative connotations associated with it. As a result, sexual shame can manifest in many indirect ways, such as low libido, pain, and feelings of low self-worth.
With purity culture as part of the upbringings of many Christians, many unintended messages have been ingrained in us concerning sex. The idea that premarital sex is bad or dangerous and that your body is not entirely yours can do some real harm. However, it’s never too late to unlearn these lessons and take control of your sexuality.
Eliminating Societal Pressure
When it comes down to it, connecting and finding pleasure with your partner is usually the goal of sex. To help others achieve this, Celeste teaches women to unlearn the lie that their bodies are solely responsible for the pleasure of a sexual experience. Rather, sex is a way for two people to mutually experience pleasure together.
Celeste explains how eliminating societal pressures surrounding sex is the key to making it pleasurable. The fact of the matter is, having good sex is a life-long learning process. There are things that must be unlearned and others that need to be intentionally practiced and relearned over time.
How have you had to unlearn negative messages about sex? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Using a background in health education and behavior to help others move away from painful sex [6:00]
- Why Christian women often have shameful associations with sex [9:55]
- Common consequences of sexual shame [20:15]
- Actionable steps to be more present during sex [35:30]
- Overcoming physical challenges and pain [40:20]
- Practical exercises to increase sexual enjoyment [51:03]
Quotes
“Through education and understanding my own body better, I started to have sex that was less painful… and eventually just not painful, but actually pleasurable and connected and intimate and all the things that we want sex to be.” [8:37]
“You’re essentially telling that woman that her body is responsible for the arousal of men. That becomes problematic when you get married or choose to start having sex because you feel solely responsible for his pleasure when in reality sex it two individual people owning their own pleasure and co-creating this really awesome sexual experience.” [21:00]
“Creating intentionality around sex can make sex happen more and it can be so much better because you have thoughtfully looked into what environment and situation helps you get into sex.” [55:49]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Sign up for the Nutrition Business Accelerator
Find Dr. Celeste Holbrook online
Follow Celeste on Instagram | Facebook
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
At least ten percent of women have PCOS. Yet, there is very little information out there for handling the symptoms and managing this condition. Many doctors will just tell you to go on the pill and avoid carbs. Through her own experience, today’s guest has some advice to share about how to truly address PCOS for the long run.
About Isabel Garza
Isabel is a Registered Dietitian and owner of Woman Wise Nutrition. She specializes in working with women with PCOS and integrates functional medicine strategies with principles of body-trust so that they can eliminate hormone-related symptoms and become the expert of their own bodies.
Isabel is passionate about helping women challenge their fears around food while learning to honor their bodies through a gentle approach to their nutrition and lifestyle. She strives to empower women with a deeper understanding of their health so that they can ultimately live their life of purpose.
Understanding the Impact of PCOS
Isabel explains how PCOS affects nearly the whole body, not just the ovaries as its name might suggest. From adrenals to neurotransmitters, PCOS can have a considerable impact. As a result, there are some serious symptoms that come with this condition. These can often lead women to have a disconnect with their bodies, which only results in even worse symptoms. Isabel describes how she helps her patients overcome this by emphasizing a stronger connection with the body.
An Informed and Empathetic Approach to PCOS
Combining intuitive eating with functional medicine, Isabel focuses her approach on building body-trust. This means reconnecting with your body, understanding the messages it is trying to tell, and responding appropriately. With this approach, women can move beyond just the physiological aspects of PCOS and examine how it affects mental and emotional states as well.
How can you start building body-trust today? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Doing the work necessary to address PCOS [5:15]
- Why PCOS affects much more than your ovaries [10:05]
- Why women with PCOS often have a disconnect with their bodies [15:20]
- How intuitive eating and functional medicine can work in tandem to help give women relief from their symptoms [17:50]
- Red flags that disordered eating is an issue [23:00]
- Developing trust between yourself and your body [33:30]
- The foundations of establishing body-trust [37:24]
- The biggest mistake women make when addressing their PCOS [48:00]
Quotes
“There is hope. Even with this chronic illness, you don’t need to experience symptoms day to day.” [8:46]
“We can’t hate a body that we’re trying to heal. If we’re trying to wrestle it and fight it, then that’s only going to cause more symptoms.” [16:43]
“Health is not the destination. It’s the vehicle for everything else in your life; for you to build relationships, fulfill your purpose, to speak the greater things that actually ground you in this life.” [20:43]
“Diet - your nutrition - can be very powerful. When people can approach it from a place of empowerment and nourishing their body and not this hard-fast rule that they need to stick to or else, then usually it creates a lot of freedom.” [44:21]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Join the FREE Live Training for Nutrition Entrepreneurs
Sign up for the Nutrition Business Accelerator!
Follow Isabel on Instagram
5 Mistakes Holding You Back from Overcoming PCOS
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
There are many reasons for struggles with infertility. Knowing your hormone balance before getting pregnant can be so important for understanding this and getting your body prepared. Today’s guest works to help her patients get the full picture of their health so they can overcome these hurdles.
About Stephanie Paver
Stephanie Paver, MS, RD, CSO, CNSC, is a women’s health dietitian with a virtual private practice. She specializes in helping women with PCOS use functional nutrition to achieve regular, healthy periods so that they can get pregnant successfully. Unlike conventional fertility treatments that rely solely on medication, Stephanie helps women prepare their bodies for pregnancy using personalized and evidence-based testing, nutrition, and lifestyle solutions.
With clinical roots and an open mind to time-honored food traditions, Stephanie is a forward thinker and a progressive health care provider for over ten years. She graduated with honors from Purdue University with a degree in Dietetics. She completed her dietetic internship at Edward Hines Jr. VA Hospital in Chicago and received her M.S. in Nutrition at Arizona State University. Stephanie is a board-certified specialist in oncology nutrition and a certified nutrition support clinician. She also has a certificate of training in weight management, and she is pursuing certification in Integrative and Functional Nutrition.
The Importance of Testing and Information
As much as anything else, Stephanie places huge importance on hormonal testing. The information that comprehensive tests, such as the DUTCH Test, provides is needed simply so that you know what you’re dealing with. With this information, Stephanie ensures that the basic elements of her patients’ health aren’t overlooked.
With this information, Stephanie can consider the vast array of information that can clue her into what’s actually going on in women’s bodies. With so many factors that affect fertility, you can’t afford to look at just some parts of the picture. Everything must be taken into consideration. That’s where comprehensive testing can make all the difference.
The Role of DUTCH Tests
As a window into their biochemistry, the DUTCH Test helps explain what exactly is going on so that we know what to treat. When PCOS is an issue, these tests can better pinpoint its cause. With this information, women can better advocate for themselves for the treatment that they need. They can also find out what nutrients they need to build and support important biochemical pathways.
Has testing given you a better understanding of what is going on in your body? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Discovering the gaps in modern medicine when it comes to PCOS [6:45]
- Why testing is such an important part of hormonal health [13:30]
- What PCOS is and why it’s so misunderstood [19:05]
- The benefits of the DUTCH Test for understanding PCOS and pregnancy [27:00]
- The importance of understanding PCOS sub-types [32:18]
- A case study of how the DUTCH Test can guide an intervention [38:00]
Quotes
“Your period and your fertility is an overall indicator of health. So I think it’s important that we do a thorough exploration to figure out what’s going on so that we can intervene appropriately.” [14:16]
“Instead of forcing your body into doing something it’s not ready to do, let’s support your body along the way. Then if we need to use medical treatment, we can, but let’s make sure we’re doing everything we can to support you physiologically, mentally, spiritually.” [23:07]
“When I can see how the body is breaking things down - metabolizing - I can better understand biochemistry and pathways. That’s where we can use food and nutrients as medicine. You need nutrients for these biochemical pathways to happen.” [30:15]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Register for the 3 Key Elements of a 6-Figure Nutrition Business training
Sign up for the Nutrition Business Accelerator
Follow Stephanie on Instagram
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
There’s so much to be prepared for - both mentally and emotionally - as entrepreneurs. There will be failures along the way. It’s inevitable. Rather than let it stop you, see setbacks are opportunities to learn as you go forward. With that in mind, I’m sharing my biggest business failure and what I learned from it.
About My Biggest Business Failure
Around a year ago, I went to launch my Fed and Fearless program for the third time. Despite my high expectations, months of preparation, and initial interest in the program, almost nobody signed up. Feeling confused and dejected, I was left wondering where my business was even going. This led me to really dive into how this could be a learning experience that I could share with others.
Foundations of Your Business and Your Inevitable Success
The first big lesson I learned is that business foundations are more important than specific strategies. For the launch itself, I did everything right. Yet, I was missing some important foundational pieces about my business. We have to be clear on certain things, such as what your specific niche is and the problem you’re solving for your clients. Now I know that before doing anything else, we must be crystal clear on these core and foundational principles.
I also came to realize that failure is merely a belief. If there is something you are truly called to pursue, your absolute commitment to it will likely be enough to get you there. When looked at this way, a failure is merely a step on the journey to success. Even though it may seem like a terrible setback when it happens, there are lessons to learn that will take you that much closer to achieving your goals.
Setbacks as Part of the Long Journey to Success
Setbacks are part of the long process that takes us to where we’re meant to go. In truth, it’s likely that every successful entrepreneur has experienced major setbacks and disappointments. It’s not that successful people don’t fail. Rather, successful people allow those experiences to become part of their journey to success.
Finally, I learned to believe in the inevitability of success. That means coming to realize that results won’t always be immediate. The things you do today for your business may not actually show results for years. That doesn’t mean that you’re not doing it right. It means that you have to be patient and that you can’t give up when something doesn’t work right away.
Have you experienced a major setback in your business? Tell me what it taught you in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Reflections of a business failure [4:00]
- The learning opportunities that come with failure [16:30]
- Why business foundations are more important than strategy [20:18]
- Why failure is merely a self-defeating belief [27:51]
- Understanding that failure is a natural part of the entrepreneurial journey [32:47]
- Having faith in the inevitably of your success [40:32]
Quotes
“We all experience situations where we thought something was going to go one way. We were hoping something was going to go the way we hoped it would and it didn’t. We have to be able to recover from those experiences in order to really make the most out of life and to be able to approach life in a fearless way.” [3:19]
“A business failure is a symptom. It’s not a root of the issue.” [17:11]
“These things that we experience as failures, they’re only actually a failure if we choose to interpret them as a failure.” [30:48]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Apply to my annual mastermind!
Join the Profitable Niche Masterclass
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
It’s commonly said that if you don’t have a diagnosed food allergy, then you shouldn't be avoiding any particular food. Unfortunately, this advice does more harm than good for those of us with food sensitivities. Today’s guest knows from both her professional and personal experience how to intuitively listen to your body so you can eat in a normal way and enjoy your food.
About Rachel Naar
Rachel Naar MS, RD, CDN, is a decaf coffee-loving, Leo, with a passion for people, places, running, and Motown Music. She received her Master's degree in Clinical Nutrition at New York University and completed her dietetic internship at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital.
She is the founder of her private practice, Rachel Naar Nutrition, where she helps people reinvent their relationships with food, focusing on stress management with a body-positive, intuitive-eating approach. Rachel also assists with gastrointestinal distress and food allergies/intolerances. She aims to demystify food, draw connections to overall well-being, and make life palatable.
Approaching Food Intolerances
There’s a lot of uncertainty around food intolerances. Many doctors and dietitians will pass them off as not being a big deal since they’re hard to diagnose. However, there are lots of reasons why it makes sense for an individual to avoid certain foods. Rachel explains what intuitive eating is and how you can use it to maintain a healthier diet.
Listening to Your Body for the Right Nutrition
Rachel says that it's very important not to ignore nutrition when approaching intuitive eating. This means being in tune with what feelings of hunger are telling you while paying attention to your nutritional requirements. It’s also about being aware of where your fears around eating come from and addressing them at the root. In fact, Rachel finds that it is possible to decrease or even eliminate certain food-intolerances with the right approach.
How do you approach a food intolerance? Leave a comment on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- How Rachel developed her body-positive and intuitive eating approach [4:45]
- Realizing the true nature of diet-culture [12:37]
- The many psychological and physiological reasons people avoid certain foods [18:00]
- Techniques for using intuitive eating to overcome food fears [20:20]
- Addressing doubt about the validity of food intolerances [33:00]
- The connection between stress and disordered eating [38:50]
Quotes
“A true allergy is a little bit easier to understand. But when it’s an intolerance, then the symptoms are not life-threatening and your body is not attacking itself, and it’s just a different story.” [16:47]
“It’s sort of a process of trial and error and collaboration. I think first and foremost it’s just really validating their experience throughout it all.” [25:54]
“Can we have a pump-up playlist where we call from the power of music? It’s so fabulous! Can we have a pump-up, ready for the food challenge playlist?” [48:00]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Apply to my annual mastermind!
Sign up for the Nutrition Business Accelerator waitlist!
Follow Rachel on Instagram
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative
Intermittent fasting is one of the most popular ways to eat right now. Certified Nutrition Specialist, Deena Thompson, joins me to talk about the best ways to fast, the most common mistakes people make, and why you should absolutely eat breakfast.
About Deena Thompson, CNS, NTP
Deena Thompson is a Certified Nutrition Specialist and a Nutritional Therapy Practitioner with a Master's Degree in Human Nutrition and Bachelor's degree in Exercise Science.
Deena spent her teens and early twenties battling chronic digestive issues, undiagnosed autoimmunity, and a slew of mysterious illnesses. This left her with extreme fatigue and feeling hopeless about ever having the strength or energy to be the mother, wife, dancer, and world traveler she dreamed of being.
Everything changed for Deena when she was introduced to the principles of ancestral health and functional medicine. After working with an incredible functional medicine doctor and applying the principles of ancestral nutrition, Deena was able to recover her health, get back her energy and show up more fully in her life and for her family.
Now Deena is passionate about helping others overcome digestive issues and fatigue so they can have the freedom to live a full and vibrant life, no longer limited by their health.
How to Prepare for Intermittent Fasting
Deena Thompson joins me to talk about all things intermittent fasting. There are a few different fasting methods, such as time-restricted eating and modified-fasting, which we’re covering in this episode.
Deena shares, from her experience, some of the most common mistakes people make when they begin intermittent fasting. She believes that eating breakfast, even while doing time-restricted fasting, is still vital. It’s common to skip breakfast during a restricted-fast, but Deena explains why it’s actually counter-productive to do this.
While Intermittent Fasting is beneficial for so many different people, Deena says that there are a few groups that shouldn’t fast. Examples include pregnant people and those with a history of disordered eating. I’d also add that women with amenorrhea should avoid intermittent fasting.
Making Fasting Work for You
Deena talks about another method of fasting she uses with her clients: Protein-Sparing Modified Fasting. This method of modified fasting works best for people with pre-existing conditions or metabolic issues.
Staring a period of fasting can feel daunting, but Deena gives her best advice for how to prepare your body. While your natural desire might be to eat everything you want, Deena advises to actually have a low-carb meal instead.
Your mindset also plays a valuable role during a fast. Deena shares how you can keep a positive and open mindset during these fasting windows. Finally, she explains how fasting can help with digestive issues and weight loss.
Have you done intermittent fasting before? What kind of time restriction did you give yourself? What struggles did you have with it, if any? Let me know in the comments on the episode page!
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
In This Episode
- Some of the most common mistakes of Intermittent Fasting [10:30]
- Why it’s vital to eat breakfast every day, even when Intermittent Fasting [15:30]
- Who Intermittent Fasting is good for [21:00]
- What Protein-Sparing Modified Fasting is [31:30]
- How to prepare for an extended fast [40:00]
- How your mindset affects your fasting state [46:30]
- How fasting can help digestive issues [50:00]
Quotes
“When you really fuel well in the morning, it sets us up for a better day. We have better blood sugar all day long, we have less food cravings, and our hunger naturally diminishes the way that it’s supposed to.” [16:42]
“I think Intermittent Fasting has a really wide application. There are a lot of people that can benefit from fasting. Those that can benefit the most are probably those with a little extra weight to lose and people that have some markers of metabolic issues.” [29:42]
“I think that modified fasting is a really great way to do fasting for people that have pre-existing conditions or metabolic issues, like blood sugar imbalances, because it’s just a much smoother transition than just a full-on fast.” [38:12]
“Fasting is really a tool for healing, for regeneration. It’s a tool for recovering from poor health conditions. When we come into it with that mindset, from a place of love, care, and honor for our bodies, we’re going to go into it saying we’ll listen to our bodies.” [47:50]
Review Fed and Fearless on Apple Podcasts! Send a screenshot of your review to hello@lauraschoenfeldrd.com or send me a DM on Instagram and I’ll send you my Overcoming Undereating eBook. If you post your favorite episode in your Insta stories and tag me @LauraShoenfeldRD, I’ll also send you my 14-Day Calorie Challenge Recipe Guide!
Links
Apply to my annual mastermind!
Find Deena Thompson, CNS, NTP online
Follow Deena Thompson on Instagram | Linkedin
Leave a review of Fed and Fearless!
Sign Up For The Free Training: The 5 Secrets of Fearlessly Healthy Women of Faith
Learn more about business coaching with me
Got a question you’d love to hear me answer on the show? Leave me a voice message here!
Join the Fed and Fearless Society on Facebook
Follow me on Facebook | Instagram | Twitter | Pinterest
Podcast production & marketing support by the team at Counterweight Creative